qmk/qmk_firmware
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://github.com/qmk/qmk_firmware.git synced 2026-10-24 18:01:47 +02:00
Code Issues Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Add svn:eol-style property to source files, so that the line endings are correctly converted to the target system's native end of line style.

Browse Source
This commit is contained in:
Dean Camera
2010-05-08 03:12:14 +00:00
parent e331b531c6
commit 071e02c6b6
839 changed files with 274562 additions and 274562 deletions
Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.c
+188 -188
View File
@@ -1,188 +1,188 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioInput.h"
/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
USB_Audio_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
USB_Init();
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
* configures the sample update and PWM timers.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup audio stream endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Audio class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_SetInterface:
/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Audio interface, reading in ADC samples from the microphone, and them to the host. */
void USB_Audio_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check to see if the streaming interface is selected, if not the host is not receiving audio */
if (!(StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected))
return;
/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM);
/* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the next sample should be stored */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
int16_t AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
#endif
/* Write the sample to the buffer */
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(AudioSample);
/* Check to see if the bank is now full */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Send the full packet to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Audio Input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioInput.h"
/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
USB_Audio_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
ADC_Init(ADC_FREE_RUNNING | ADC_PRESCALE_32);
ADC_SetupChannel(MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL);
USB_Init();
/* Start the ADC conversion in free running mode */
ADC_StartReading(ADC_REFERENCE_AVCC | ADC_RIGHT_ADJUSTED | MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
* configures the sample update and PWM timers.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the sample reload timer */
TCCR0B = 0;
/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup audio stream endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Audio class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_SetInterface:
/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Audio interface, reading in ADC samples from the microphone, and them to the host. */
void USB_Audio_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check to see if the streaming interface is selected, if not the host is not receiving audio */
if (!(StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected))
return;
/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM);
/* Check if the current endpoint can be written to and that the next sample should be stored */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady() && (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Audio sample is ADC value scaled to fit the entire range */
int16_t AudioSample = ((SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / ADC_MAX_RANGE) * ADC_GetResult());
#if defined(MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL)
/* Microphone is biased to half rail voltage, subtract the bias from the sample value */
AudioSample -= (SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE / 2);
#endif
/* Write the sample to the buffer */
Endpoint_Write_Word_LE(AudioSample);
/* Check to see if the bank is now full */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Send the full packet to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.h
+86 -86
View File
@@ -1,86 +1,86 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioInput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum ADC sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
#define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void USB_Audio_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioInput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_INPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/ADC.h>
/* Macros: */
/** ADC channel number for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_CHANNEL 2
/** ADC channel MUX mask for the microphone input. */
#define MIC_IN_ADC_MUX_MASK ADC_CHANNEL2
/** Maximum ADC sample value for the microphone input. */
#define SAMPLE_MAX_RANGE 0xFFFF
/** Maximum ADC range for the microphone input. */
#define ADC_MAX_RANGE 0x3FF
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void USB_Audio_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/AudioInput.txt
+83 -83
View File
@@ -1,83 +1,83 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB microphone. Incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will
* be sampled and sent to the host computer.
*
* To use, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Input device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB microphone. Incoming audio from the ADC channel 1 will
* be sampled and sent to the host computer.
*
* To use, connect a microphone to the ADC channel 2.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>MICROPHONE_BIASED_TO_HALF_RAIL</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this alters the demo so that the half VCC bias of the microphone input is subtracted.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.c
+315 -315
View File
@@ -1,315 +1,315 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2047,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 1,
.ChannelConfig = 0,
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x02,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x01,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormat.SampleFrequencies) /
sizeof(Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
.SampleFrequencies = {SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = 0x00,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio In Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2047,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_IN_MIC,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 1,
.ChannelConfig = 0,
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x02,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x01,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormat.SampleFrequencies) /
sizeof(Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
.SampleFrequencies = {SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = 0x00,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio In Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Descriptors.h
+318 -318
View File
@@ -1,318 +1,318 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Output Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Input Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Feature Unit Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_FeatureUnit 0x06
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Audio class specific descriptor indicating the format of an audio stream. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Format 0x02
//@{
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
#define CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
#define CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
#define CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
#define CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
//@}
//@{
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
#define FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
#define FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
#define FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
#define FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
#define FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
#define FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
#define FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
#define FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
#define FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
//@}
//@{
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
#define TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
#define TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
#define TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
#define TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
#define TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
#define TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
#define TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
#define TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
#define TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
#define TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
#define TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
#define TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
#define TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
//@}
/** Convenience macro, to fill a 24-bit AudioSampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
*
* \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
*/
#define SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {LowWord: ((uint32_t)(freq) & 0x00FFFF), HighByte: (((uint32_t)(freq) >> 16) & 0x0000FF)}
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_ONLY_FULL_PACKETS (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /**< Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
* are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
* specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit */
uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the ChanelControlls array */
uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel */
uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_FeatureUnit_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal */
uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing */
uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output */
uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t;
/** Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. GCC does not contain a built in 24bit datatype,
* this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t LowWord; /**< Low 16 bits of the 24-bit value */
uint8_t HighByte; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value */
} Audio_SampleFreq_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
* about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
* in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream */
uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream */
uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream */
uint8_t SampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device */
Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleFrequencies[1]; /**< Sample frequencies supported by the device */
} USB_Audio_Format_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class specific endpoint attributes, such as ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS */
uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification */
uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Output Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Input Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Feature Unit Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_FeatureUnit 0x06
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Audio class specific descriptor indicating the format of an audio stream. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Format 0x02
//@{
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
#define CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
#define CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
#define CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
#define CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
//@}
//@{
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
#define FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
#define FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
#define FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
#define FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
#define FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
#define FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
#define FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
#define FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
#define FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
//@}
//@{
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
#define TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
#define TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
#define TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
#define TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
#define TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
#define TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
#define TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
#define TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
#define TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
#define TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
#define TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
#define TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
#define TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
//@}
/** Convenience macro, to fill a 24-bit AudioSampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
*
* \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
*/
#define SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {LowWord: ((uint32_t)(freq) & 0x00FFFF), HighByte: (((uint32_t)(freq) >> 16) & 0x0000FF)}
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_ONLY_FULL_PACKETS (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /**< Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
* are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
* specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit */
uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the ChanelControlls array */
uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel */
uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_FeatureUnit_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal */
uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing */
uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output */
uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t;
/** Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. GCC does not contain a built in 24bit datatype,
* this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t LowWord; /**< Low 16 bits of the 24-bit value */
uint8_t HighByte; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value */
} Audio_SampleFreq_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
* about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
* in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream */
uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream */
uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream */
uint8_t SampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device */
Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleFrequencies[1]; /**< Sample frequencies supported by the device */
} USB_Audio_Format_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class specific endpoint attributes, such as ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS */
uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification */
uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioInput/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.c
+239 -239
View File
@@ -1,239 +1,239 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioOutput.h"
/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
USB_Audio_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
* configures the sample update and PWM timers.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as outputs */
DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC as outputs */
DDRC |= 0xFF;
#endif
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
| (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the timers */
TCCR0B = 0;
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
TCCR3B = 0;
#endif
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC low */
PORTC = 0x00;
#endif
/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup audio stream endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Audio class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_SetInterface:
/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Audio interface, reading in audio samples from the host, and outputting them to the speakers/LEDs as
* desired.
*/
void USB_Audio_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check to see if the streaming interface is selected, if not the host is not receiving audio */
if (!(StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected))
return;
/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM);
/* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and that the next sample should be read */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_Word_LE() >> 8);
int8_t RightSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_Word_LE() >> 8);
/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
/* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
#endif
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the AudioOutput demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "AudioOutput.h"
/** Flag to indicate if the streaming audio alternative interface has been selected by the host. */
bool StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
USB_Audio_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs, and
* configures the sample update and PWM timers.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Sample reload timer initialization */
OCR0A = (F_CPU / 8 / AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY) - 1;
TCCR0A = (1 << WGM01); // CTC mode
TCCR0B = (1 << CS01); // Fcpu/8 speed
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as output */
DDRC |= (1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as outputs */
DDRC |= ((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC as outputs */
DDRC |= 0xFF;
#endif
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
/* PWM speaker timer initialization */
TCCR3A = ((1 << WGM30) | (1 << COM3A1) | (1 << COM3A0)
| (1 << COM3B1) | (1 << COM3B0)); // Set on match, clear on TOP
TCCR3B = ((1 << WGM32) | (1 << CS30)); // Fast 8-Bit PWM, Fcpu speed
#endif
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and Audio management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Stop the timers */
TCCR0B = 0;
#if (defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO) || defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO))
TCCR3B = 0;
#endif
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Set speaker as input to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~(1 << 6);
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Set speakers as inputs to reduce current draw */
DDRC &= ~((1 << 6) | (1 << 5));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Set PORTC low */
PORTC = 0x00;
#endif
/* Indicate streaming audio interface not selected */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = false;
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup audio stream endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_DOUBLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Audio class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process General and Audio specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_SetInterface:
/* Set Interface is not handled by the library, as its function is application-specific */
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Check if the host is enabling the audio interface (setting AlternateSetting to 1) */
StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue) != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Audio interface, reading in audio samples from the host, and outputting them to the speakers/LEDs as
* desired.
*/
void USB_Audio_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check to see if the streaming interface is selected, if not the host is not receiving audio */
if (!(StreamingAudioInterfaceSelected))
return;
/* Select the audio stream endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM);
/* Check if the current endpoint can be read from (contains a packet) and that the next sample should be read */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived() && (TIFR0 & (1 << OCF0A)))
{
/* Clear the sample reload timer */
TIFR0 |= (1 << OCF0A);
/* Retrieve the signed 16-bit left and right audio samples, convert to 8-bit */
int8_t LeftSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_Word_LE() >> 8);
int8_t RightSample_8Bit = ((int16_t)Endpoint_Read_Word_LE() >> 8);
/* Mix the two channels together to produce a mono, 8-bit sample */
int8_t MixedSample_8Bit = (((int16_t)LeftSample_8Bit + (int16_t)RightSample_8Bit) >> 1);
/* Check to see if the bank is now empty */
if (!(Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed()))
{
/* Acknowledge the packet, clear the bank ready for the next packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
#if defined(AUDIO_OUT_MONO)
/* Load the sample into the PWM timer channel */
OCR3A = (MixedSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_STEREO)
/* Load the dual 8-bit samples into the PWM timer channels */
OCR3A = (LeftSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
OCR3B = (RightSample_8Bit ^ (1 << 7));
#elif defined(AUDIO_OUT_PORTC)
/* Load the 8-bit mixed sample into PORTC */
PORTC = MixedSample_8Bit;
#endif
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;
/* Turn on LEDs as the sample amplitude increases */
if (MixedSample_8Bit > 16)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 8)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 4)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);
else if (MixedSample_8Bit > 2)
LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.h
+73 -73
View File
@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void USB_Audio_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void USB_Audio_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/AudioOutput.txt
+96 -96
View File
@@ -1,96 +1,96 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
* the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
* timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
* mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
* the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
* attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Audio Output Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Class Terminal Types Specification \n
* USBIF Audio Data Formats Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Audio demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Audio Output device using the
* basic USB Audio drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers
* required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a USB speaker. Outgoing audio will output in 8-bit PWM onto
* the timer 3 output compare channel A for AUDIO_OUT_MONO mode, on
* timer 3 channels A and B for AUDIO_OUT_STEREO and on PORTC as a signed
* mono sample for AUDIO_OUT_PORTC. Audio output will also be indicated on
* the board LEDs in all modes. Decouple audio outputs with a capacitor and
* attach to a speaker to hear the audio.
*
* Under Windows, if a driver request dialogue pops up, select the option
* to automatically install the appropriate drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_STEREO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in stereo to the timer output pins of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_MONO</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to the timer output pin of the microcontroller.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_OUT_PORTC</td>
* <td>Makefile CDEFS</td>
* <td>When defined, this outputs the audio samples in mono to port C of the microcontroller, for connection to an
* external DAC.</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>Gives the audio sample rate per channel for the audio stream, in Hz.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.c
+315 -315
View File
@@ -1,315 +1,315 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2046,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 2,
.ChannelConfig = (CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x01,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x02,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormat.SampleFrequencies) /
sizeof(Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
.SampleFrequencies = {SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio Out Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2046,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t) +
sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t)),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_InputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x01,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_STREAMING,
.AssociatedOutputTerminal = 0x00,
.TotalChannels = 2,
.ChannelConfig = (CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT | CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT),
.ChannelStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_OutputTerminal =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal,
.TerminalID = 0x02,
.TerminalType = TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER,
.AssociatedInputTerminal = 0x00,
.SourceID = 0x01,
.TerminalStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1 =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 1,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TerminalLink = 0x01,
.FrameDelay = 1,
.AudioFormat = 0x0001
},
.Audio_AudioFormat =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Format_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Format,
.FormatType = 0x01,
.Channels = 0x02,
.SubFrameSize = 0x02,
.BitResolution = 16,
.SampleFrequencyType = (sizeof(ConfigurationDescriptor.Audio_AudioFormat.SampleFrequencies) /
sizeof(Audio_SampleFreq_t)),
.SampleFrequencies = {SAMPLE_FREQ(AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY)}
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_ISOCHRONOUS | ENDPOINT_ATTR_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 1
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.Attributes = EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS,
.LockDelayUnits = 0x00,
.LockDelay = 0x0000
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Audio Out Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Descriptors.h
+318 -318
View File
@@ -1,318 +1,318 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Output Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Input Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Feature Unit Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_FeatureUnit 0x06
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Audio class specific descriptor indicating the format of an audio stream. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Format 0x02
//@{
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
#define CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
#define CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
#define CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
#define CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
//@}
//@{
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
#define FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
#define FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
#define FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
#define FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
#define FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
#define FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
#define FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
#define FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
#define FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
//@}
//@{
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
#define TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
#define TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
#define TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
#define TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
#define TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
#define TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
#define TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
#define TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
#define TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
#define TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
#define TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
#define TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
#define TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
//@}
/** Convenience macro, to fill a 24-bit AudioSampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
*
* \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
*/
#define SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {LowWord: ((uint32_t)(freq) & 0x00FFFF), HighByte: (((uint32_t)(freq) >> 16) & 0x0000FF)}
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_ONLY_FULL_PACKETS (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /**< Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
* are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
* specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit */
uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the ChanelControlls array */
uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel */
uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_FeatureUnit_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal */
uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing */
uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output */
uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t;
/** Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. GCC does not contain a built in 24bit datatype,
* this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t LowWord; /**< Low 16 bits of the 24-bit value */
uint8_t HighByte; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value */
} Audio_SampleFreq_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
* about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
* in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream */
uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream */
uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream */
uint8_t SampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device */
Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleFrequencies[1]; /**< Sample frequencies supported by the device */
} USB_Audio_Format_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class specific endpoint attributes, such as ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS */
uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification */
uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Output Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputTerminal 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Input Terminal Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputTerminal 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Feature Unit Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_FeatureUnit 0x06
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for an Audio class specific descriptor indicating the format of an audio stream. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Format 0x02
//@{
/** Supported channel mask for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_FRONT (1 << 0)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_FRONT (1 << 1)
#define CHANNEL_CENTER_FRONT (1 << 2)
#define CHANNEL_LOW_FREQ_ENHANCE (1 << 3)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_SURROUND (1 << 4)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_SURROUND (1 << 5)
#define CHANNEL_LEFT_OF_CENTER (1 << 6)
#define CHANNEL_RIGHT_OF_CENTER (1 << 7)
#define CHANNEL_SURROUND (1 << 8)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_LEFT (1 << 9)
#define CHANNEL_SIDE_RIGHT (1 << 10)
#define CHANNEL_TOP (1 << 11)
//@}
//@{
/** Supported feature mask for an Audio class feature unit descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define FEATURE_MUTE (1 << 0)
#define FEATURE_VOLUME (1 << 1)
#define FEATURE_BASS (1 << 2)
#define FEATURE_MID (1 << 3)
#define FEATURE_TREBLE (1 << 4)
#define FEATURE_GRAPHIC_EQUALIZER (1 << 5)
#define FEATURE_AUTOMATIC_GAIN (1 << 6)
#define FEATURE_DELAY (1 << 7)
#define FEATURE_BASS_BOOST (1 << 8)
#define FEATURE_BASS_LOUDNESS (1 << 9)
//@}
//@{
/** Terminal type constant for an Audio class terminal descriptor. See the Audio class specification for more details. */
#define TERMINAL_UNDEFINED 0x0100
#define TERMINAL_STREAMING 0x0101
#define TERMINAL_VENDOR 0x01FF
#define TERMINAL_IN_UNDEFINED 0x0200
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC 0x0201
#define TERMINAL_IN_DESKTOP_MIC 0x0202
#define TERMINAL_IN_PERSONAL_MIC 0x0203
#define TERMINAL_IN_OMNIDIR_MIC 0x0204
#define TERMINAL_IN_MIC_ARRAY 0x0205
#define TERMINAL_IN_PROCESSING_MIC 0x0206
#define TERMINAL_IN_OUT_UNDEFINED 0x0300
#define TERMINAL_OUT_SPEAKER 0x0301
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEADPHONES 0x0302
#define TERMINAL_OUT_HEAD_MOUNTED 0x0303
#define TERMINAL_OUT_DESKTOP 0x0304
#define TERMINAL_OUT_ROOM 0x0305
#define TERMINAL_OUT_COMMUNICATION 0x0306
#define TERMINAL_OUT_LOWFREQ 0x0307
//@}
/** Convenience macro, to fill a 24-bit AudioSampleFreq_t structure with the given sample rate as a 24-bit number.
*
* \param[in] freq Required audio sampling frequency in HZ
*/
#define SAMPLE_FREQ(freq) {LowWord: ((uint32_t)(freq) & 0x00FFFF), HighByte: (((uint32_t)(freq) >> 16) & 0x0000FF)}
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* accepts only filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_ONLY_FULL_PACKETS (1 << 7)
/** Mask for the attributes parameter of an Audio class specific Endpoint descriptor, indicating that the endpoint
* will accept partially filled endpoint packets of audio samples.
*/
#define EP_ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS (0 << 7)
/** Endpoint number of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data endpoint. The Windows audio stack requires
* at least 192 bytes for correct output, thus the smaller 128 byte maximum endpoint size on some of the smaller
* USB AVR models will result in unavoidable distorted output.
*/
#define AUDIO_STREAM_EPSIZE ENDPOINT_MAX_SIZE(AUDIO_STREAM_EPNUM)
/** Sample frequency of the data being transmitted through the streaming endpoint. */
#define AUDIO_SAMPLE_FREQUENCY 48000
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /**< Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /**< Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific Feature Unit descriptor. This indicates to the host what features
* are present in the device's audio stream for basic control, such as per-channel volume. See the USB Audio
* specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t UnitID; /**< ID value of this feature unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t SourceID; /**< Source ID value of the audio source input into this feature unit */
uint8_t ControlSize; /**< Size of each element in the ChanelControlls array */
uint8_t ChannelControls[3]; /**< Feature masks for the control channel, and each separate audio channel */
uint8_t FeatureUnitStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_FeatureUnit_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific input terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an input audio source, either from a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedOutputTerminal; /**< ID of associated output terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t TotalChannels; /**< Total number of separate audio channels within this interface (right, left, etc.) */
uint16_t ChannelConfig; /**< CHANNEL_* masks indicating what channel layout is supported by this terminal */
uint8_t ChannelStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this channel within the device */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific output terminal descriptor. This indicates to the host that the device
* contains an output audio sink, either to a physical terminal on the device, or a logical terminal (for example,
* a USB endpoint). See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalID; /**< ID value of this terminal unit - must be a unique value within the device */
uint16_t TerminalType; /**< Type of terminal, a TERMINAL_* mask */
uint8_t AssociatedInputTerminal; /**< ID of associated input terminal, for physically grouped terminals
* such as the speaker and microphone of a phone handset
*/
uint8_t SourceID; /**< ID value of the unit this terminal's audio is sourced from */
uint8_t TerminalStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how audio streams within the device are formatted. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TerminalLink; /**< ID value of the output terminal this descriptor is describing */
uint8_t FrameDelay; /**< Delay in frames resulting from the complete sample processing from input to output */
uint16_t AudioFormat; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t;
/** Type define for a 24bit audio sample frequency structure. GCC does not contain a built in 24bit datatype,
* this this structure is used to build up the value instead. Fill this structure with the SAMPLE_FREQ() macro.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t LowWord; /**< Low 16 bits of the 24-bit value */
uint8_t HighByte; /**< Upper 8 bits of the 24-bit value */
} Audio_SampleFreq_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific audio format descriptor. This is used to give the host full details
* about the number of channels, the sample resolution, acceptable sample frequencies and encoding method used
* in the device's audio streams. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t FormatType; /**< Format of the audio stream, see Audio Device Formats specification */
uint8_t Channels; /**< Total number of discrete channels in the stream */
uint8_t SubFrameSize; /**< Size in bytes of each channel's sample data in the stream */
uint8_t BitResolution; /**< Bits of resolution of each channel's samples in the stream */
uint8_t SampleFrequencyType; /**< Total number of sample frequencies supported by the device */
Audio_SampleFreq_t SampleFrequencies[1]; /**< Sample frequencies supported by the device */
} USB_Audio_Format_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of endpoints used to stream audio in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t Attributes; /**< Audio class specific endpoint attributes, such as ACCEPTS_SMALL_PACKETS */
uint8_t LockDelayUnits; /**< Units used for the LockDelay field, see Audio class specification */
uint16_t LockDelay; /**< Time required to internally lock endpoint's internal clock recovery circuitry */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_InputTerminal_t Audio_InputTerminal;
USB_Audio_OutputTerminal_t Audio_OutputTerminal;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt0;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface_Alt1;
USB_Audio_Interface_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_Audio_Format_t Audio_AudioFormat;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t Audio_StreamEndpoint;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Spc_t Audio_StreamEndpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/AudioOutput/makefile
+737 -737
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.c
+381 -381
View File
@@ -1,381 +1,381 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204E,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 4,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC1_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 0,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC1_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 2,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 2,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC2_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x02, 0x03}
},
.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 3,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0xEF,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204E,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 4,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC1_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 0,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC1_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC1_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC1_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC1_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC1_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC1_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC1_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_IAD =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t), .Type = DTYPE_InterfaceAssociation},
.FirstInterfaceIndex = 2,
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.IADStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 2,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_Functional_IntHeader =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x06}
},
.CDC2_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x02, 0x03}
},
.CDC2_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
},
.CDC2_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 3,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC2_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC2_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.CDC2_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC2_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(13), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Dual CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Descriptors.h
+116 -116
View File
@@ -1,116 +1,116 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
* uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
* a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
* easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly.
*
* \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload
*/
#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
struct \
{ \
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
uint8_t SubType; \
uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
}
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
* uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
* a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
* easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly.
*
* \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload
*/
#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
struct \
{ \
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
uint8_t SubType; \
uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
}
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC1_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the first CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC1_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 4
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC2_TX_EPNUM 5
/** Endpoint number of the second CDC interface's host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC2_RX_EPNUM 6
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoints. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC1_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC1_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC1_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC1_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC1_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_Association_t CDC2_IAD;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_IntHeader;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC2_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC2_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC2_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC2_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.c
+326 -326
View File
@@ -1,326 +1,326 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
* the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
* upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
*
* These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
* It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
* serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
*/
CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
.CharFormat = OneStopBit,
.ParityType = Parity_None,
.DataBits = 8 };
/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
* the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
* upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
*
* These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
* It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
* serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
*/
CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
.CharFormat = OneStopBit,
.ParityType = Parity_None,
.DataBits = 8 };
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CDC1_Task();
CDC2_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the first CDC */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the second CDC */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */
LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0;
LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands,
* which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */
uint8_t* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding1 : (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding2;
/* Process CDC specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetLineEncoding:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetLineEncoding:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
break;
case REQ_SetControlLineState:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick
* movements to the host as ASCII strings.
*/
void CDC1_Task(void)
{
char* ReportString = NULL;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
static bool ActionSent = false;
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
else
ActionSent = false;
/* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS)
{
ActionSent = true;
/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM);
/* Write the String to the Endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
/* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM);
/* Throw away any received data from the host */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back
* all data sent to it from the host.
*/
void CDC2_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if any data has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */
uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()];
/* Remember how large the incoming packet is */
uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
/* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM);
/* Write the received data to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
/* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the DualVirtualSerial demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "DualVirtualSerial.h"
/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the first virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
* the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
* upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
*
* These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
* It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
* serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
*/
CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding1 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
.CharFormat = OneStopBit,
.ParityType = Parity_None,
.DataBits = 8 };
/** Contains the current baud rate and other settings of the second virtual serial port. While this demo does not use
* the physical USART and thus does not use these settings, they must still be retained and returned to the host
* upon request or the host will assume the device is non-functional.
*
* These values are set by the host via a class-specific request, however they are not required to be used accurately.
* It is possible to completely ignore these value or use other settings as the host is completely unaware of the physical
* serial link characteristics and instead sends and receives data in endpoint streams.
*/
CDC_Line_Coding_t LineEncoding2 = { .BaudRateBPS = 0,
.CharFormat = OneStopBit,
.ParityType = Parity_None,
.DataBits = 8 };
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
CDC1_Task();
CDC2_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and CDC management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the CDC management tasks are started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the first CDC */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup CDC Notification, Rx and Tx Endpoints for the second CDC */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Reset line encoding baud rates so that the host knows to send new values */
LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS = 0;
LineEncoding2.BaudRateBPS = 0;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the CDC control commands,
* which are all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Determine which interface's Line Coding data is being set from the wIndex parameter */
uint8_t* LineEncodingData = (USB_ControlRequest.wIndex == 0) ? (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding1 : (uint8_t*)&LineEncoding2;
/* Process CDC specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetLineEncoding:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the line coding data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetLineEncoding:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Read the line coding data in from the host into the global struct */
Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(LineEncodingData, sizeof(CDC_Line_Coding_t));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to clear the last packet from the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
break;
case REQ_SetControlLineState:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
/* Acknowledge the SETUP packet, ready for data transfer */
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the first CDC interface, which sends joystick
* movements to the host as ASCII strings.
*/
void CDC1_Task(void)
{
char* ReportString = NULL;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
static bool ActionSent = false;
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Determine if a joystick action has occurred */
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportString = "Joystick Up\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportString = "Joystick Down\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportString = "Joystick Left\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportString = "Joystick Right\r\n";
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportString = "Joystick Pressed\r\n";
else
ActionSent = false;
/* Flag management - Only allow one string to be sent per action */
if ((ReportString != NULL) && (ActionSent == false) && LineEncoding1.BaudRateBPS)
{
ActionSent = true;
/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_TX_EPNUM);
/* Write the String to the Endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(ReportString, strlen(ReportString));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for another packet */
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
/* Send an empty packet to ensure that the host does not buffer data sent to it */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC1_RX_EPNUM);
/* Throw away any received data from the host */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
/** Function to manage CDC data transmission and reception to and from the host for the second CDC interface, which echoes back
* all data sent to it from the host.
*/
void CDC2_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Serial Rx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_RX_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if any data has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Create a temp buffer big enough to hold the incoming endpoint packet */
uint8_t Buffer[Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint()];
/* Remember how large the incoming packet is */
uint16_t DataLength = Endpoint_BytesInEndpoint();
/* Read in the incoming packet into the buffer */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Select the Serial Tx Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(CDC2_TX_EPNUM);
/* Write the received data to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&Buffer, DataLength);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Wait until the endpoint is ready for the next packet */
Endpoint_WaitUntilReady();
/* Send an empty packet to prevent host buffering */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.h
+120 -120
View File
@@ -1,120 +1,120 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
*/
#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
#define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21
/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
#define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20
/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
#define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration
* as set by the host via a class specific request.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */
uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
* CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum
*/
uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
* CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum
*/
uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */
} CDC_Line_Coding_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t
{
OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */
OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */
TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */
};
/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t
{
Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
void CDC1_Task(void);
void CDC2_Task(void);
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DualVirtualSerial.c.
*/
#ifndef _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
#define _DUAL_VIRTUALSERIAL_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** CDC Class specific request to get the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
#define REQ_GetLineEncoding 0x21
/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port configuration settings. */
#define REQ_SetLineEncoding 0x20
/** CDC Class specific request to set the current virtual serial port handshake line states. */
#define REQ_SetControlLineState 0x22
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the virtual serial port line encoding settings, for storing the current USART configuration
* as set by the host via a class specific request.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t BaudRateBPS; /**< Baud rate of the virtual serial port, in bits per second */
uint8_t CharFormat; /**< Character format of the virtual serial port, a value from the
* CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t enum
*/
uint8_t ParityType; /**< Parity setting of the virtual serial port, a value from the
* CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t enum
*/
uint8_t DataBits; /**< Bits of data per character of the virtual serial port */
} CDC_Line_Coding_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible line encoding formats of a virtual serial port. */
enum CDCDevice_CDC_LineCodingFormats_t
{
OneStopBit = 0, /**< Each frame contains one stop bit */
OneAndAHalfStopBits = 1, /**< Each frame contains one and a half stop bits */
TwoStopBits = 2, /**< Each frame contains two stop bits */
};
/** Enum for the possible line encoding parity settings of a virtual serial port. */
enum CDCDevice_LineCodingParity_t
{
Parity_None = 0, /**< No parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Odd = 1, /**< Odd parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Even = 2, /**< Even parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Mark = 3, /**< Mark parity bit mode on each frame */
Parity_Space = 4, /**< Space parity bit mode on each frame */
};
/* Function Prototypes: */
void CDC1_Task(void);
void CDC2_Task(void);
void SetupHardware(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/DualVirtualSerial.txt
+84 -84
View File
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
* USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
* This gives a simple reference application for implementing
* a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
* of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
* Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
* descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
* supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
* XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
*
* Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
* through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
* serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
*
* The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
*
* After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
* you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
* project's directory as the device's driver when running under
* Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
* negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
* Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
* CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual Communications Device Class (Dual Virtual Serial Port) Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Interface Association Descriptor ECN \n
* USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual Communications Device Class demonstration application.
* This gives a simple reference application for implementing
* a compound device with dual CDC functions acting as a pair
* of virtual serial ports. This demo uses Interface Association
* Descriptors to link together the pair of related CDC
* descriptors for each virtual serial port, which may not be
* supported in all OSes - Windows Vista is supported, as is
* XP (although the latter may need a hotfix to function).
*
* Joystick actions are transmitted to the host as strings
* through the first serial port. The device does not respond to
* serial data sent from the host in the first serial port.
*
* The second serial port echoes back data sent from the host.
*
* After running this demo for the first time on a new computer,
* you will need to supply the .INF file located in this demo
* project's directory as the device's driver when running under
* Windows. This will enable Windows to use its inbuilt CDC drivers,
* negating the need for custom drivers for the device. Other
* Operating Systems should automatically use their own inbuilt
* CDC-ACM drivers.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/LUFA DualVirtualSerial.inf
+105 -105
View File
@@ -1,106 +1,106 @@
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
;************************************************************
; Windows USB CDC ACM Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature="$Windows NT$"
Class=Ports
ClassGuid={4D36E978-E325-11CE-BFC1-08002BE10318}
Provider=%MFGNAME%
LayoutFile=layout.inf
CatalogFile=%MFGFILENAME%.cat
DriverVer=11/15/2007,5.1.2600.0
[Manufacturer]
%MFGNAME%=DeviceList, NTamd64
[DestinationDirs]
DefaultDestDir=12
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Windows 2000/XP/Vista-32bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.nt]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.nt
AddReg=DriverInstall.nt.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.nt]
usbser.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.nt.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.nt.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.nt
[DriverService.nt]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vista-64bit Sections
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[DriverInstall.NTamd64]
include=mdmcpq.inf
CopyFiles=DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64
AddReg=DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg
[DriverCopyFiles.NTamd64]
%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys,,,0x20
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.AddReg]
HKR,,DevLoader,,*ntkern
HKR,,NTMPDriver,,%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
HKR,,EnumPropPages32,,"MsPorts.dll,SerialPortPropPageProvider"
[DriverInstall.NTamd64.Services]
AddService=usbser, 0x00000002, DriverService.NTamd64
[DriverService.NTamd64]
DisplayName=%SERVICE%
ServiceType=1
StartType=3
ErrorControl=1
ServiceBinary=%12%\%DRIVERFILENAME%.sys
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; Vendor and Product ID Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; When developing your USB device, the VID and PID used in the PC side
; application program and the firmware on the microcontroller must match.
; Modify the below line to use your VID and PID. Use the format as shown below.
; Note: One INF file can be used for multiple devices with different VID and PIDs.
; For each supported device, append ",USB\VID_xxxx&PID_yyyy" to the end of the line.
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[SourceDisksFiles]
[SourceDisksNames]
[DeviceList]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
[DeviceList.NTamd64]
%DESCRIPTION%=DriverInstall, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_00, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204E&MI_02
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
; String Definitions
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
;Modify these strings to customize your device
;------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[Strings]
MFGFILENAME="CDC_vista"
DRIVERFILENAME ="usbser"
MFGNAME="http://www.fourwalledcubicle.com"
INSTDISK="LUFA Dual CDC Driver Installer"
DESCRIPTION="Communications Port"
SERVICE="USB RS-232 Emulation Driver"
Demos/Device/LowLevel/DualVirtualSerial/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.c
+250 -250
View File
@@ -1,250 +1,250 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
{
0x06, 0x9c, 0xff, /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x09, 0x03, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204F,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_GenericHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(21), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Generic HID Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&GenericReport;
Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM GenericReport[] =
{
0x06, 0x9c, 0xff, /* Usage Page (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Vendor Defined) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x09, 0x03, /* Usage (Vendor Defined) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE, /* Report Count (GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0xff, /* Logical Maximum (255) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204F,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_GenericHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(GenericReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | GENERIC_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = GENERIC_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(21), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Generic HID Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_GenericHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&GenericReport;
Size = sizeof(GenericReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Descriptors.h
+100 -100
View File
@@ -1,100 +1,100 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_GenericHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Generic HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reporting endpoint. */
#define GENERIC_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the Generic HID reports (including report ID byte). */
#define GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.c
+257 -257
View File
@@ -1,257 +1,257 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "GenericHID.h"
/** Static buffer to hold the last received report from the host, so that it can be echoed back in the next sent report */
static uint8_t LastReceived[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Generic IN Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, GENERIC_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Generic OUT Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, GENERIC_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the generic report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Wait until the host is ready to receive the request confirmation */
while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Handshake the request by sending an empty IN packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
break;
}
}
/** Function to process the lest received report from the host.
*
* \param[in] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the last report data is stored
*/
void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
{
/*
This is where you need to process the reports being sent from the host to the device.
DataArray is an array holding the last report from the host. This function is called
each time the host has sent a report to the device.
*/
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE; i++)
LastReceived[i] = DataArray[i];
}
/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval.
*
* \param[out] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored
*/
void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
{
/*
This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This
function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is
an array to hold the report to the host.
*/
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE; i++)
DataArray[i] = LastReceived[i];
}
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/* Read Generic Report Data */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Process Generic Report Data */
ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
}
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/* Create Generic Report Data */
CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Write Generic Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the GenericHID demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "GenericHID.h"
/** Static buffer to hold the last received report from the host, so that it can be echoed back in the next sent report */
static uint8_t LastReceived[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the generic HID device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Generic IN Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, GENERIC_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Generic OUT Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, GENERIC_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the generic report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
Endpoint_Read_Control_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
/* Wait until the host is ready to receive the request confirmation */
while (!(Endpoint_IsINReady()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Handshake the request by sending an empty IN packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
break;
}
}
/** Function to process the lest received report from the host.
*
* \param[in] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the last report data is stored
*/
void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
{
/*
This is where you need to process the reports being sent from the host to the device.
DataArray is an array holding the last report from the host. This function is called
each time the host has sent a report to the device.
*/
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE; i++)
LastReceived[i] = DataArray[i];
}
/** Function to create the next report to send back to the host at the next reporting interval.
*
* \param[out] DataArray Pointer to a buffer where the next report data should be stored
*/
void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray)
{
/*
This is where you need to create reports to be sent to the host from the device. This
function is called each time the host is ready to accept a new report. DataArray is
an array to hold the report to the host.
*/
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE; i++)
DataArray[i] = LastReceived[i];
}
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a packet has been sent from the host */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the read in report from the host */
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/* Read Generic Report Data */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Process Generic Report Data */
ProcessGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
}
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(GENERIC_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if the host is ready to accept another packet */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
/* Create a temporary buffer to hold the report to send to the host */
uint8_t GenericData[GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE];
/* Create Generic Report Data */
CreateGenericHIDReport(GenericData);
/* Write Generic Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&GenericData, sizeof(GenericData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.h
+85 -85
View File
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for GenericHID.c.
*/
#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
#define _GENERICHID_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for GenericHID.c.
*/
#ifndef _GENERICHID_H_
#define _GENERICHID_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void ProcessGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
void CreateGenericHIDReport(uint8_t* DataArray);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/GenericHID.txt
+75 -75
View File
@@ -1,75 +1,75 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
* to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
* When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
* both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Generic HID Device
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Generic HID device demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a generic HID device, using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). By default it accepts and sends up to 8 byte reports
* to and from a USB Host, and transmits the last sent report back to the host.
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a vendor HID device.
* When controlled by a custom HID class application, reports can be sent and received by
* both the standard data endpoint and control request methods defined in the HID specification.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>GENERIC_REPORT_SIZE</td>
* <td>Descriptors.h</td>
* <td>This token defines the size of the device reports, both sent and received. The value must be an
* integer ranging from 1 to 255.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/GenericHID/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.c
+250 -250
View File
@@ -1,250 +1,250 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x04, /* Usage (Joystick) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xa1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage (X) */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage (Y) */
0x15, 0x9c, /* Logical Minimum (-100) */
0x25, 0x64, /* Logical Maximum (100) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x82, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute, Volatile) */
0xc0, /* End Collection */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Button 2) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Button 1) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x75, 0x06, /* Report Size (6) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2043,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_JoystickHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | JOYSTICK_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Joystick Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&JoystickReport;
Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM JoystickReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x04, /* Usage (Joystick) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xa1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage (X) */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage (Y) */
0x15, 0x9c, /* Logical Minimum (-100) */
0x25, 0x64, /* Logical Maximum (100) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x82, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute, Volatile) */
0xc0, /* End Collection */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Button 2) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Button 1) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x75, 0x06, /* Report Size (6) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2043,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_JoystickHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(JoystickReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | JOYSTICK_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Joystick Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_JoystickHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&JoystickReport;
Size = sizeof(JoystickReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Descriptors.h
+93 -93
View File
@@ -1,93 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_JoystickHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Joystick HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define JOYSTICK_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.c
+209 -209
View File
@@ -1,209 +1,209 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Joystick.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Joystick Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
}
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*
* \return Boolean true if the new report differs from the last report, false otherwise
*/
bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
bool InputChanged = false;
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t));
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->Y = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->Y = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->X = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->X = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->Button = (1 << 1);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
/* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL);
/* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */
PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL;
/* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
return InputChanged;
}
/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
/* Write Joystick Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Joystick demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Joystick.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and joystick reporting tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the joystick reporting task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Joystick Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, JOYSTICK_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
}
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*
* \return Boolean true if the new report differs from the last report, false otherwise
*/
bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoyStatus = 0;
static uint8_t PrevButtonStatus = 0;
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
bool InputChanged = false;
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t));
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->Y = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->Y = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->X = -100;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->X = 100;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->Button = (1 << 1);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 0);
/* Check if the new report is different to the previous report */
InputChanged = (uint8_t)(PrevJoyStatus ^ JoyStatus_LCL) | (uint8_t)(PrevButtonStatus ^ ButtonStatus_LCL);
/* Save the current joystick status for later comparison */
PrevJoyStatus = JoyStatus_LCL;
PrevButtonStatus = ButtonStatus_LCL;
/* Return whether the new report is different to the previous report or not */
return InputChanged;
}
/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host. */
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Joystick Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(JOYSTICK_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if the host is ready for another packet */
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
USB_JoystickReport_Data_t JoystickReportData;
/* Create the next HID report to send to the host */
GetNextReport(&JoystickReportData);
/* Write Joystick Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&JoystickReportData, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&JoystickReportData, 0, sizeof(JoystickReportData));
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.h
+92 -92
View File
@@ -1,92 +1,92 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Joystick.c.
*/
#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
#define _JOYSTICK_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* ReportData);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Joystick.c.
*/
#ifndef _JOYSTICK_H_
#define _JOYSTICK_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the joystick HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
int8_t X; /**< Current absolute joystick X position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current absolute joystick Y position, as a signed 8-bit integer */
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed joystick buttons */
} USB_JoystickReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
bool GetNextReport(USB_JoystickReport_Data_t* ReportData);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/Joystick.txt
+72 -72
View File
@@ -1,73 +1,73 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
* using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
*
* This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
* Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
* is the second.
*
* Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
* the host computer.
*
* Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Joystick Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Joystick demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Keyboard device, for USB Joysticks
* using the standard Keyboard HID profile.
*
* This device will show up as a generic joystick device, with two buttons.
* Pressing the joystick inwards is the first button, and the HWB button
* is the second.
*
* Moving the joystick on the selected board moves the joystick location on
* the host computer.
*
* Currently only single interface joysticks are supported.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Joystick/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.c
+267 -267
View File
@@ -1,267 +1,267 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(16), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xc0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2042,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(16), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Denver Gingerich"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(18), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Descriptors.h
+98 -98
View File
@@ -1,98 +1,98 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportOUTEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the Keyboard HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define KEYBOARD_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.c
+387 -387
View File
@@ -1,387 +1,387 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Keyboard.h"
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
* protocol reporting mode.
*/
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key).
*/
uint16_t IdleCount = 500;
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
* milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
*/
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
Buttons_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
UsingReportProtocol = true;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Keyboard Keycode Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Read in the LED report from the host */
uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Process the incoming LED report */
ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */
IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount >> 2);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
if (IdleMSRemaining)
IdleMSRemaining--;
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*/
void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t));
/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
ReportData->Modifier = KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x09; // F
}
/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match.
*
* \param[in] LEDReport LED status report from the host
*/
void ProcessLEDReport(uint8_t LEDReport)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
void SendNextReport(void)
{
static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData;
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
bool SendReport = true;
/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0);
/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
if ((IdleCount != HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY) && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
{
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
SendReport = true;
}
/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
{
/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData;
/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */
void ReceiveNextReport(void)
{
/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in the LED report from the host */
uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Process the read LED report from the host */
ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport);
}
/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Send the next keypress report to the host */
SendNextReport();
/* Process the LED report sent from the host */
ReceiveNextReport();
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Keyboard demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Keyboard.h"
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
* protocol reporting mode.
*/
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user presses a key).
*/
uint16_t IdleCount = 500;
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
* milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
*/
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
Buttons_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
UsingReportProtocol = true;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Keyboard Keycode Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, KEYBOARD_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Read in the LED report from the host */
uint8_t LEDStatus = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Process the incoming LED report */
ProcessLEDReport(LEDStatus);
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Get idle period in MSB, IdleCount must be multiplied by 4 to get number of milliseconds */
IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount >> 2);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
if (IdleMSRemaining)
IdleMSRemaining--;
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*/
void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
uint8_t UsedKeyCodes = 0;
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t));
/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
ReportData->Modifier = KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x08; // E
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->KeyCode[UsedKeyCodes++] = 0x09; // F
}
/** Processes a received LED report, and updates the board LEDs states to match.
*
* \param[in] LEDReport LED status report from the host
*/
void ProcessLEDReport(uint8_t LEDReport)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (LEDReport & KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
void SendNextReport(void)
{
static USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t PrevKeyboardReportData;
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
bool SendReport = true;
/* Create the next keyboard report for transmission to the host */
CreateKeyboardReport(&KeyboardReportData);
/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevKeyboardReportData, &KeyboardReportData, sizeof(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t)) != 0);
/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
if ((IdleCount != HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY) && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
{
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
SendReport = true;
}
/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
{
/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
PrevKeyboardReportData = KeyboardReportData;
/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/** Reads the next LED status report from the host from the LED data endpoint, if one has been sent. */
void ReceiveNextReport(void)
{
/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_LEDS_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint contains a packet */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
/* Check to see if the packet contains data */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in the LED report from the host */
uint8_t LEDReport = Endpoint_Read_Byte();
/* Process the read LED report from the host */
ProcessLEDReport(LEDReport);
}
/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
/** Function to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
void HID_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Send the next keypress report to the host */
SendNextReport();
/* Process the LED report sent from the host */
ReceiveNextReport();
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.h
+152 -152
View File
@@ -1,152 +1,152 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Keyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Idle period indicating that reports should be sent only when the inputs have changed */
#define HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY 0
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the keyboard HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Modifier mask byte, containing a mask of modifier keys set (such as shift or CTRL) */
uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved, always set as 0x00 */
uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Array of up to six simultaneous key codes of pressed keys */
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData);
void ProcessLEDReport(uint8_t LEDReport);
void SendNextReport(void);
void ReceiveNextReport(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Based on code by Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Keyboard.c.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Idle period indicating that reports should be sent only when the inputs have changed */
#define HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY 0
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the keyboard HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Modifier mask byte, containing a mask of modifier keys set (such as shift or CTRL) */
uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved, always set as 0x00 */
uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Array of up to six simultaneous key codes of pressed keys */
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void CreateKeyboardReport(USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t* ReportData);
void ProcessLEDReport(uint8_t LEDReport);
void SendNextReport(void);
void ReceiveNextReport(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/Keyboard.txt
+72 -72
View File
@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
* works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
* when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
* manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
* documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
* other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple keypresses
* inside the same report to the host.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Keyboard Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application
* for implementing a USB Keyboard using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern
* OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is boot protocol compatible, and thus
* works under compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as a keyboard
* when the USB connection to a host is present. To use the keyboard example,
* manipulate the joystick to send the letters a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID
* documentation for more information on sending keyboard event and key presses. Unlike
* other LUFA Keyboard demos, this example shows explicitly how to send multiple keypresses
* inside the same report to the host.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Keyboard/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.c
+354 -354
View File
@@ -1,354 +1,354 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*
* This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
};
/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204D,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID1_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID2_MouseInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x01,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x02,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID2_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(28), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
}
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*
* This descriptor describes the mouse HID interface's report structure.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Physical) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
};
/** Same as the MouseReport structure, but defines the keyboard HID interface's report structure. */
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM KeyboardReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x06, /* Usage (Keyboard) */
0xa1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x95, 0x08, /* Report Count (8) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Key Codes) */
0x19, 0xe0, /* Usage Minimum (Keyboard LeftControl) */
0x29, 0xe7, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Right GUI) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x81, 0x03, /* Input (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x05, /* Report Count (5) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x08, /* Usage Page (LEDs) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Num Lock) */
0x29, 0x05, /* Usage Maximum (Kana) */
0x91, 0x02, /* Output (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x03, /* Report Size (3) */
0x91, 0x03, /* Output (Const, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x06, /* Report Count (6) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x65, /* Logical Maximum (101) */
0x05, 0x07, /* Usage Page (Keyboard) */
0x19, 0x00, /* Usage Minimum (Reserved (no event indicated)) */
0x29, 0x65, /* Usage Maximum (Keyboard Application) */
0x81, 0x00, /* Input (Data, Array, Absolute) */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204D,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID1_KeyboardInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x01,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID1_KeyboardHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(KeyboardReport)
},
.HID1_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
},
.HID2_MouseInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x01,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x02,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID2_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID2_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = HID_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(28), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse and Keyboard Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID1_KeyboardHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID2_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
}
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
if (!(wIndex))
{
Address = (void*)&KeyboardReport;
Size = sizeof(KeyboardReport);
}
else
{
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Descriptors.h
+104 -104
View File
@@ -1,104 +1,104 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define HID_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID1_KeyboardInterface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID1_KeyboardHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportINEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID1_ReportOUTEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID2_MouseInterface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID2_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID2_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the Keyboard HID reporting OUT endpoint. */
#define KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Size in bytes of each of the HID reporting IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define HID_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.c
+324 -324
View File
@@ -1,324 +1,324 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Keyboard_HID_Task();
Mouse_HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Keyboard Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
uint8_t* ReportData;
uint8_t ReportSize;
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */
if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex))
{
ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData;
ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData);
}
else
{
ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData;
ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData);
}
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard
* LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT
* endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different
* behaviour depending on the method used to sent it.
*/
void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
* keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status
* reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint.
*/
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
{
/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
KeyboardReportData.Modifier = KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
}
/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
}
/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
* mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data.
*/
void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
{
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReportData.Y = 1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReportData.Y = -1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReportData.X = 1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReportData.X = -1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReportData.Button = (1 << 0);
}
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the KeyboardMouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "KeyboardMouse.h"
/** Global structure to hold the current keyboard interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReportData;
/** Global structure to hold the current mouse interface HID report, for transmission to the host */
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Keyboard_HID_Task();
Mouse_HID_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration, and configures the keyboard and mouse device endpoints.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Keyboard Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, HID_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
uint8_t* ReportData;
uint8_t ReportSize;
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Determine if it is the mouse or the keyboard data that is being requested */
if (!(USB_ControlRequest.wIndex))
{
ReportData = (uint8_t*)&KeyboardReportData;
ReportSize = sizeof(KeyboardReportData);
}
else
{
ReportData = (uint8_t*)&MouseReportData;
ReportSize = sizeof(MouseReportData);
}
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(ReportData, ReportSize);
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(ReportData, 0, ReportSize);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_SetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Wait until the LED report has been sent by the host */
while (!(Endpoint_IsOUTReceived()))
{
if (USB_DeviceState == DEVICE_STATE_Unattached)
return;
}
/* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Clear the endpoint data */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Processes a given Keyboard LED report from the host, and sets the board LEDs to match. Since the Keyboard
* LED report can be sent through either the control endpoint (via a HID SetReport request) or the HID OUT
* endpoint, the processing code is placed here to avoid duplicating it and potentially having different
* behaviour depending on the method used to sent it.
*/
void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus)
{
uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_LED2;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;
if (LEDStatus & KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK)
LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;
/* Set the status LEDs to the current Keyboard LED status */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);
}
/** Keyboard task. This generates the next keyboard HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
* keyboard IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data. Additionally, it processes host LED status
* reports sent to the device via the keyboard OUT reporting endpoint.
*/
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check if board button is not pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
if (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))
{
/* Make sent key uppercase by indicating that the left shift key is pressed */
KeyboardReportData.Modifier = KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x04; // A
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x05; // B
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x06; // C
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x07; // D
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
KeyboardReportData.KeyCode[0] = 0x08; // E
}
/* Select the Keyboard Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Write Keyboard Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReportData, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&KeyboardReportData, 0, sizeof(KeyboardReportData));
}
/* Select the Keyboard LED Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(KEYBOARD_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check if Keyboard LED Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Read in and process the LED report from the host */
Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(Endpoint_Read_Byte());
/* Handshake the OUT Endpoint - clear endpoint and ready for next report */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
/** Mouse task. This generates the next mouse HID report for the host, and transmits it via the
* mouse IN endpoint when the host is ready for more data.
*/
void Mouse_HID_Task(void)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Check if board button is pressed, if so mouse mode enabled */
if (Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
{
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
MouseReportData.Y = 1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
MouseReportData.Y = -1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
MouseReportData.X = 1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
MouseReportData.X = -1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
MouseReportData.Button = (1 << 0);
}
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_IN_EPNUM);
/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.h
+145 -145
View File
@@ -1,145 +1,145 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the keyboard HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Modifier mask byte, containing a mask of modifier keys set (such as shift or CTRL) */
uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved, always set as 0x00 */
uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Array of up to six simultaneous key codes of pressed keys */
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus);
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Copyright 2010 Denver Gingerich (denver [at] ossguy [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
#ifndef _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
#define _KEYBOARD_MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTCTRL (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTSHIFT (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTALT (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's left GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_LEFTGUI (1 << 3)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right control key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTCTRL (1 << 4)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right shift key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTSHIFT (1 << 5)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right alt key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTALT (1 << 6)
/** Constant for a keyboard report modifier byte, indicating that the keyboard's right GUI key is currently pressed. */
#define KEYBOARD_MODIFER_RIGHTGUI (1 << 7)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's NUM LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_NUMLOCK (1 << 0)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's CAPS LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_CAPSLOCK (1 << 1)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's SCROLL LOCK mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_SCROLLLOCK (1 << 2)
/** Constant for a keyboard output report LED byte, indicating that the host's KATANA mode is currently set. */
#define KEYBOARD_LED_KATANA (1 << 3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the keyboard HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Modifier; /**< Modifier mask byte, containing a mask of modifier keys set (such as shift or CTRL) */
uint8_t Reserved; /**< Reserved, always set as 0x00 */
uint8_t KeyCode[6]; /**< Array of up to six simultaneous key codes of pressed keys */
} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Keyboard_ProcessLEDReport(const uint8_t LEDStatus);
void Keyboard_HID_Task(void);
void Mouse_HID_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/KeyboardMouse.txt
+77 -77
View File
@@ -1,77 +1,77 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
* and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
* (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
* interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
* compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
* pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
* a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
* on sending keyboard event and key presses.
*
* When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
* joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
* left-button click.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Dual HID Keyboard and Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Keyboard/Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a composite device containing both USB Keyboard
* and USB Mouse functionality using the basic USB HID drivers in all modern OSes
* (i.e. no special drivers required). This example uses two separate HID
* interfaces for each function. It is boot protocol compatible, and thus works under
* compatible BIOS as if it was a native keyboard and mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a keyboard when the USB connection to a host is present and the HWB is not
* pressed. When enabled, manipulate the joystick to send the letters
* a, b, c, d and e. See the USB HID documentation for more information
* on sending keyboard event and key presses.
*
* When the HWB is pressed, the mouse mode is enabled. When enabled, move the
* joystick to move the pointer, and push the joystick inwards to simulate a
* left-button click.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/KeyboardMouse/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.c
+326 -326
View File
@@ -1,326 +1,326 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2048,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.Audio_ControlInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 0,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_ControlInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_Header,
.ACSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t),
.InCollection = 1,
.InterfaceNumbers = {1},
},
.Audio_StreamInterface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x01,
.SubClass = 0x03,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.Audio_StreamInterface_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.AudioSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.00),
.TotalLength = (sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t) -
offsetof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t, Audio_StreamInterface_SPC))
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x01,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_InputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x02,
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED,
.JackID = 0x03,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x02},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioInterface},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_OutputJack,
.JackType = JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL,
.JackID = 0x04,
.NumberOfPins = 1,
.SourceJackID = {0x01},
.SourcePinID = {0x01},
.JackStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x01}
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint =
{
.Endpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0
},
.Refresh = 0,
.SyncEndpointNumber = 0
},
.MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_AudioEndpoint},
.Subtype = DSUBTYPE_General,
.TotalEmbeddedJacks = 0x01,
.AssociatedJackID = {0x03}
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(14), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA MIDI Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Descriptors.h
+189 -189
View File
@@ -1,189 +1,189 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific MIDI input jack descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputJack 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific MIDI output jack descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputJack 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
#define JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
#define JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL 0x02
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /** Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /** Total length of the Audio class specific control descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /** Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /** Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class specific descriptors.
* See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
} USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
* a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values */
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
* a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values */
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical */
uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack */
uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data */
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint */
uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint */
} USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class interface descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioInterface 0x24
/** Descriptor header constant to indicate a Audio class endpoint descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_AudioEndpoint 0x25
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific header descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_Header 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific MIDI input jack descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_InputJack 0x02
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a Audio class specific MIDI output jack descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_OutputJack 0x03
/** Audio class descriptor subtype value for a general Audio class specific descriptor. */
#define DSUBTYPE_General 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an embedded (logical) MIDI input or output jack. */
#define JACKTYPE_EMBEDDED 0x01
/** Audio class descriptor jack type value for an external (physical) MIDI input or output jack. */
#define JACKTYPE_EXTERNAL 0x02
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data OUT endpoint, for host-to-device data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the MIDI streaming data IN endpoint, for device-to-host data transfers. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM 2
/** Endpoint size in bytes of the Audio isochronous streaming data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Audio class specific interface descriptor. This follows a regular interface descriptor to
* supply extra information about the audio device's layout to the host. See the USB Audio specification for more
* details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t ACSpecification; /** Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /** Total length of the Audio class specific control descriptors, including this descriptor */
uint8_t InCollection; /** Total number of audio class interfaces within this device */
uint8_t InterfaceNumbers[1]; /** Interface numbers of each audio interface */
} USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI streaming interface descriptor. This indicates to the host
* how MIDI the specification compliance of the device and the total length of the Audio class specific descriptors.
* See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint16_t AudioSpecification; /**< Binary coded decimal value, indicating the supported Audio Class specification version */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the Audio class specific descriptors, including this descriptor */
} USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific endpoint descriptor. This contains a regular endpoint
* descriptor with a few Audio-class specific extensions. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t Endpoint; /**< Standard endpoint descriptor describing the audio endpoint */
uint8_t Refresh; /**< Always set to zero */
uint8_t SyncEndpointNumber; /**< Endpoint address to send synchronization information to, if needed (zero otherwise) */
} USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI IN jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI input, either
* a physical input jack, or a logical jack (receiving input data internally, or from the host via an endpoint).
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values */
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific MIDI OUT jack. This gives information to the host on a MIDI output, either
* a physical output jack, or a logical jack (sending output data internally, or to the host via an endpoint).
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t JackType; /**< Type of jack, one of the JACKTYPE_* mask values */
uint8_t JackID; /**< ID value of this jack - must be a unique value within the device */
uint8_t NumberOfPins; /**< Number of output channels within the jack, either physical or logical */
uint8_t SourceJackID[1]; /**< ID of each output pin's source data jack */
uint8_t SourcePinID[1]; /**< Pin number in the input jack of each output pin's source data */
uint8_t JackStrIndex; /**< Index of a string descriptor describing this descriptor within the device */
} USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t;
/** Type define for an Audio class specific extended MIDI jack endpoint descriptor. This contains extra information
* on the usage of MIDI endpoints used to stream MIDI events in and out of the USB Audio device, and follows an Audio
* class specific extended MIDI endpoint descriptor. See the USB Audio specification for more details.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */
uint8_t Subtype; /**< Sub type value used to distinguish between audio class specific descriptors */
uint8_t TotalEmbeddedJacks; /**< Total number of jacks inside this endpoint */
uint8_t AssociatedJackID[1]; /**< IDs of each jack inside the endpoint */
} USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_ControlInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_AC_t Audio_ControlInterface_SPC;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t Audio_StreamInterface;
USB_Audio_Interface_MIDI_AS_t Audio_StreamInterface_SPC;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_In_Jack_t MIDI_In_Jack_Ext;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Emb;
USB_MIDI_Out_Jack_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Ext;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_In_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
USB_Audio_StreamEndpoint_Std_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint;
USB_MIDI_Jack_Endpoint_t MIDI_Out_Jack_Endpoint_SPC;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.c
+217 -217
View File
@@ -1,217 +1,217 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDI.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MIDI_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup MIDI stream endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them
* to the host.
*/
void MIDI_Task(void)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM);
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
uint8_t MIDIPitch;
uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
}
/* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
if (MIDICommand)
{
USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t)
{
.CableNumber = 0,
.Command = (MIDICommand >> 4),
.Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
.Data2 = MIDIPitch,
.Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
};
/* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent));
/* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
}
/* Select the MIDI OUT stream */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check if a MIDI command has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
/* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent));
/* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */
if ((MIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
{
/* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
}
else
{
/* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
/* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the MIDI input demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "MIDI.h"
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MIDI_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs, disables the sample update and PWM output timers and stops the USB and MIDI management tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the MIDI management task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup MIDI stream endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MIDI_STREAM_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Task to handle the generation of MIDI note change events in response to presses of the board joystick, and send them
* to the host.
*/
void MIDI_Task(void)
{
static uint8_t PrevJoystickStatus;
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_IN_EPNUM);
if (Endpoint_IsINReady())
{
uint8_t MIDICommand = 0;
uint8_t MIDIPitch;
uint8_t JoystickStatus = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t JoystickChanges = (JoystickStatus ^ PrevJoystickStatus);
/* Get board button status - if pressed use channel 10 (percussion), otherwise use channel 1 */
uint8_t Channel = ((Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ? MIDI_CHANNEL(10) : MIDI_CHANNEL(1));
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_LEFT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_LEFT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3C;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_UP)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_UP)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3D;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_RIGHT)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_RIGHT)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3E;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_DOWN)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_DOWN)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3F;
}
if (JoystickChanges & JOY_PRESS)
{
MIDICommand = ((JoystickStatus & JOY_PRESS)? MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON : MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF);
MIDIPitch = 0x3B;
}
/* Check if a MIDI command is to be sent */
if (MIDICommand)
{
USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent = (USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t)
{
.CableNumber = 0,
.Command = (MIDICommand >> 4),
.Data1 = MIDICommand | Channel,
.Data2 = MIDIPitch,
.Data3 = MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY,
};
/* Write the MIDI event packet to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent));
/* Send the data in the endpoint to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/* Save previous joystick value for next joystick change detection */
PrevJoystickStatus = JoystickStatus;
}
/* Select the MIDI OUT stream */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MIDI_STREAM_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check if a MIDI command has been received */
if (Endpoint_IsOUTReceived())
{
USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t MIDIEvent;
/* Read the MIDI event packet from the endpoint */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&MIDIEvent, sizeof(MIDIEvent));
/* Check to see if the sent command is a note on message with a non-zero velocity */
if ((MIDIEvent.Command == (MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON >> 4)) && (MIDIEvent.Data3 > 0))
{
/* Change LEDs depending on the pitch of the sent note */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(MIDIEvent.Data2 > 64 ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);
}
else
{
/* Turn off all LEDs in response to non Note On messages */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_NO_LEDS);
}
/* Clear the endpoint ready for new packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.h
+103 -103
View File
@@ -1,103 +1,103 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event */
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
/** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event */
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
/** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events, as no pressure sensor is mounted */
#define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
/** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
* addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
*
* \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address
*/
#define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char Command : 4; /**< MIDI command being sent or received in the event packet */
unsigned char CableNumber : 4; /**< Virtual cable number of the event being sent or received in the given MIDI interface */
uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event */
uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event */
uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event */
} USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void MIDI_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for AudioOutput.c.
*/
#ifndef _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
#define _AUDIO_OUTPUT_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** MIDI command for a note on (activation) event */
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_ON 0x90
/** MIDI command for a note off (deactivation) event */
#define MIDI_COMMAND_NOTE_OFF 0x80
/** Standard key press velocity value used for all note events, as no pressure sensor is mounted */
#define MIDI_STANDARD_VELOCITY 64
/** Convenience macro. MIDI channels are numbered from 1-10 (natural numbers) however the logical channel
* addresses are zero-indexed. This converts a natural MIDI channel number into the logical channel address.
*
* \param[in] channel MIDI channel number to address
*/
#define MIDI_CHANNEL(channel) ((channel) - 1)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a USB MIDI event packet, used to encapsulate sent and received MIDI messages from a USB MIDI interface. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char Command : 4; /**< MIDI command being sent or received in the event packet */
unsigned char CableNumber : 4; /**< Virtual cable number of the event being sent or received in the given MIDI interface */
uint8_t Data1; /**< First byte of data in the MIDI event */
uint8_t Data2; /**< Second byte of data in the MIDI event */
uint8_t Data3; /**< Third byte of data in the MIDI event */
} USB_MIDI_EventPacket_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void MIDI_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/MIDI.txt
+74 -74
View File
@@ -1,74 +1,74 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
* General MIDI Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
* It is built upon the USB Audio class.
*
* Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
* are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
* MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
*
* If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
* the HWB is set, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
*
* This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
* generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage MIDI Input Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Audio Class</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Standard Audio Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Audio Class Specification \n
* USB-MIDI Audio Class Extension Specification \n
* General MIDI Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* MIDI demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing the USB-MIDI class in USB devices.
* It is built upon the USB Audio class.
*
* Joystick movements are translated into note on/off messages and
* are sent to the host PC as MIDI streams which can be read by any
* MIDI program supporting MIDI IN devices.
*
* If the HWB is not pressed, channel 1 (default piano) is used. If
* the HWB is set, then channel 10 (default percussion) is selected.
*
* This device implements MIDI-THRU mode, with the IN MIDI data being
* generated by the device itself. OUT MIDI data is discarded.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MIDI/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.c
+217 -217
View File
@@ -1,217 +1,217 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2045,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
* port location).
*/
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
#endif
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2045,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED,
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.MS_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x08,
.SubClass = 0x06,
.Protocol = 0x50,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.MS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.MS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(22), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mass Storage Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Descriptors.h
+71 -71
View File
@@ -1,71 +1,71 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the Mass Storage host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM 4
/** Size in bytes of the Mass Storage data endpoints. */
#define MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t MS_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataInEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t MS_DataOutEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.c
+523 -523
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/DataflashManager.h
+78 -78
View File
@@ -1,78 +1,78 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DataflashManager.c.
*/
#ifndef _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
#define _DATAFLASH_MANAGER_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
#if (DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE % 16)
#error Dataflash page size must be a multiple of 16 bytes.
#endif
/* Defines: */
/** Total number of bytes of the storage medium, comprised of one or more dataflash ICs. */
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES ((uint32_t)DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS)
/** Block size of the device. This is kept at 512 to remain compatible with the OS despite the underlying
* storage media (Dataflash) using a different native block size. Do not change this value.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE 512
/** Total number of blocks of the virtual memory for reporting to the host as the device's total capacity. Do not
* change this value; change VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES instead to alter the media size.
*/
#define VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BYTES / VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE)
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks);
void DataflashManager_WriteBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ReadBlocks_RAM(const uint32_t BlockAddress, uint16_t TotalBlocks,
uint8_t* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
void DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections(void);
bool DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.c
+293 -293
View File
@@ -1,293 +1,293 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
/* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void)
{
/* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */
Endpoint_Write_DWord_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
/* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */
Endpoint_Write_DWord_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
/* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[3] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[2] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[1] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[0] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[5];
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[1] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7];
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[0] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[8];
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* SCSI command processing routines, for SCSI commands issued by the host. Mass Storage
* devices use a thin "Bulk-Only Transport" protocol for issuing commands and status information,
* which wrap around standard SCSI device commands for controlling the actual storage medium.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C
#include "SCSI.h"
/** Structure to hold the SCSI response data to a SCSI INQUIRY command. This gives information about the device's
* features and capabilities.
*/
SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t InquiryData =
{
.DeviceType = DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK,
.PeripheralQualifier = 0,
.Removable = true,
.Version = 0,
.ResponseDataFormat = 2,
.NormACA = false,
.TrmTsk = false,
.AERC = false,
.AdditionalLength = 0x1F,
.SoftReset = false,
.CmdQue = false,
.Linked = false,
.Sync = false,
.WideBus16Bit = false,
.WideBus32Bit = false,
.RelAddr = false,
.VendorID = "LUFA",
.ProductID = "Dataflash Disk",
.RevisionID = {'0','.','0','0'},
};
/** Structure to hold the sense data for the last issued SCSI command, which is returned to the host after a SCSI REQUEST SENSE
* command is issued. This gives information on exactly why the last command failed to complete.
*/
SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData =
{
.ResponseCode = 0x70,
.AdditionalLength = 0x0A,
};
/** Main routine to process the SCSI command located in the Command Block Wrapper read from the host. This dispatches
* to the appropriate SCSI command handling routine if the issued command is supported by the device, else it returns
* a command failure due to a ILLEGAL REQUEST.
*
* \return Boolean true if the command completed successfully, false otherwise
*/
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void)
{
/* Set initial sense data, before the requested command is processed */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
/* Run the appropriate SCSI command hander function based on the passed command */
switch (CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[0])
{
case SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY:
SCSI_Command_Inquiry();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE:
SCSI_Command_Request_Sense();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10:
SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC:
SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic();
break;
case SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_WRITE);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_READ_10:
SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(DATA_READ);
break;
case SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY:
case SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL:
case SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10:
/* These commands should just succeed, no handling required */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
break;
default:
/* Update the SENSE key to reflect the invalid command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
break;
}
return (SenseData.SenseKey == SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD);
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI INQUIRY command. This command returns information about the device's features
* and capabilities to the host.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void)
{
uint16_t AllocationLength = (((uint16_t)CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3] << 8) |
CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4]);
uint16_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(InquiryData))? AllocationLength :
sizeof(InquiryData);
/* Only the standard INQUIRY data is supported, check if any optional INQUIRY bits set */
if ((CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & ((1 << 0) | (1 << 1))) ||
CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2])
{
/* Optional but unsupported bits set - update the SENSE key and fail the request */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Write the INQUIRY data to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&InquiryData, BytesTransferred, StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. This command returns information about the last issued command,
* including the error code and additional error information so that the host can determine why a command failed to complete.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void)
{
uint8_t AllocationLength = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
uint8_t BytesTransferred = (AllocationLength < sizeof(SenseData))? AllocationLength : sizeof(SenseData);
/* Send the SENSE data - this indicates to the host the status of the last command */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&SenseData, BytesTransferred, StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
uint8_t PadBytes[AllocationLength - BytesTransferred];
/* Pad out remaining bytes with 0x00 */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&PadBytes, (AllocationLength - BytesTransferred), StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= BytesTransferred;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ CAPACITY (10) command. This command returns information about the device's capacity
* on the selected Logical Unit (drive), as a number of OS-sized blocks.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void)
{
/* Send the total number of logical blocks in the current LUN */
Endpoint_Write_DWord_BE(LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS - 1);
/* Send the logical block size of the device (must be 512 bytes) */
Endpoint_Write_DWord_BE(VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
/* Send the endpoint data packet to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= 8;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This command performs a quick check of the Dataflash ICs on the
* board, and indicates if they are present and functioning correctly. Only the Self-Test portion of the diagnostic command is
* supported.
*/
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void)
{
/* Check to see if the SELF TEST bit is not set */
if (!(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[1] & (1 << 2)))
{
/* Only self-test supported - update SENSE key and fail the command */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Check to see if all attached Dataflash ICs are functional */
if (!(DataflashManager_CheckDataflashOperation()))
{
/* Update SENSE key with a hardware error condition and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR,
SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
/* Succeed the command and update the bytes transferred counter */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength = 0;
}
/** Command processing for an issued SCSI READ (10) or WRITE (10) command. This command reads in the block start address
* and total number of blocks to process, then calls the appropriate low-level dataflash routine to handle the actual
* reading and writing of the data.
*
* \param[in] IsDataRead Indicates if the command is a READ (10) command or WRITE (10) command (DATA_READ or DATA_WRITE)
*/
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead)
{
uint32_t BlockAddress;
uint16_t TotalBlocks;
/* Load in the 32-bit block address (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[3] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[2];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[2] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[3];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[1] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[4];
((uint8_t*)&BlockAddress)[0] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[5];
/* Load in the 16-bit total blocks (SCSI uses big-endian, so have to do it byte-by-byte) */
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[1] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[7];
((uint8_t*)&TotalBlocks)[0] = CommandBlock.SCSICommandData[8];
/* Check if the block address is outside the maximum allowable value for the LUN */
if (BlockAddress >= LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS)
{
/* Block address is invalid, update SENSE key and return command fail */
SCSI_SET_SENSE(SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST,
SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE,
SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER);
return;
}
#if (TOTAL_LUNS > 1)
/* Adjust the given block address to the real media address based on the selected LUN */
BlockAddress += ((uint32_t)CommandBlock.LUN * LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS);
#endif
/* Determine if the packet is a READ (10) or WRITE (10) command, call appropriate function */
if (IsDataRead == DATA_READ)
DataflashManager_ReadBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
else
DataflashManager_WriteBlocks(BlockAddress, TotalBlocks);
/* Update the bytes transferred counter and succeed the command */
CommandBlock.DataTransferLength -= ((uint32_t)TotalBlocks * VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCK_SIZE);
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI.h
+149 -149
View File
@@ -1,149 +1,149 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
*/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char DeviceType : 5;
unsigned char PeripheralQualifier : 3;
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 7;
unsigned char Removable : 1;
uint8_t Version;
unsigned char ResponseDataFormat : 4;
unsigned char _RESERVED2 : 1;
unsigned char NormACA : 1;
unsigned char TrmTsk : 1;
unsigned char AERC : 1;
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
uint8_t _RESERVED3[2];
unsigned char SoftReset : 1;
unsigned char CmdQue : 1;
unsigned char _RESERVED4 : 1;
unsigned char Linked : 1;
unsigned char Sync : 1;
unsigned char WideBus16Bit : 1;
unsigned char WideBus32Bit : 1;
unsigned char RelAddr : 1;
uint8_t VendorID[8];
uint8_t ProductID[16];
uint8_t RevisionID[4];
} SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
/** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t ResponseCode;
uint8_t SegmentNumber;
unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1;
unsigned char ILI : 1;
unsigned char EOM : 1;
unsigned char FileMark : 1;
uint8_t Information[4];
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for SCSI.c.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_H_
#define _SCSI_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include "MassStorage.h"
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "DataflashManager.h"
#include "SCSI_Codes.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to set the current SCSI sense data to the given key, additional sense code and additional sense qualifier. This
* is for convenience, as it allows for all three sense values (returned upon request to the host to give information about
* the last command failure) in a quick and easy manner.
*
* \param[in] key New SCSI sense key to set the sense code to
* \param[in] acode New SCSI additional sense key to set the additional sense code to
* \param[in] aqual New SCSI additional sense key qualifier to set the additional sense qualifier code to
*/
#define SCSI_SET_SENSE(key, acode, aqual) MACROS{ SenseData.SenseKey = (key); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseCode = (acode); \
SenseData.AdditionalSenseQualifier = (aqual); }MACROE
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be read from the storage medium. */
#define DATA_READ true
/** Macro for the SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10() function, to indicate that data is to be written to the storage medium. */
#define DATA_WRITE false
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a Block Media device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_BLOCK 0x00
/** Value for the DeviceType entry in the SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t enum, indicating a CD-ROM device. */
#define DEVICE_TYPE_CDROM 0x05
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a SCSI response structure to a SCSI INQUIRY command. For details of the
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
*/
typedef struct
{
unsigned char DeviceType : 5;
unsigned char PeripheralQualifier : 3;
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 7;
unsigned char Removable : 1;
uint8_t Version;
unsigned char ResponseDataFormat : 4;
unsigned char _RESERVED2 : 1;
unsigned char NormACA : 1;
unsigned char TrmTsk : 1;
unsigned char AERC : 1;
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
uint8_t _RESERVED3[2];
unsigned char SoftReset : 1;
unsigned char CmdQue : 1;
unsigned char _RESERVED4 : 1;
unsigned char Linked : 1;
unsigned char Sync : 1;
unsigned char WideBus16Bit : 1;
unsigned char WideBus32Bit : 1;
unsigned char RelAddr : 1;
uint8_t VendorID[8];
uint8_t ProductID[16];
uint8_t RevisionID[4];
} SCSI_Inquiry_Response_t;
/** Type define for a SCSI sense structure to a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command. For details of the
* structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t ResponseCode;
uint8_t SegmentNumber;
unsigned char SenseKey : 4;
unsigned char _RESERVED1 : 1;
unsigned char ILI : 1;
unsigned char EOM : 1;
unsigned char FileMark : 1;
uint8_t Information[4];
uint8_t AdditionalLength;
uint8_t CmdSpecificInformation[4];
uint8_t AdditionalSenseCode;
uint8_t AdditionalSenseQualifier;
uint8_t FieldReplaceableUnitCode;
uint8_t SenseKeySpecific[3];
} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
bool SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_SCSI_C)
static void SCSI_Command_Inquiry(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Request_Sense(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Read_Capacity_10(void);
static void SCSI_Command_Send_Diagnostic(void);
static void SCSI_Command_ReadWrite_10(const bool IsDataRead);
#endif
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h
+85 -85
View File
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
* the SENSE data.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to
* the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and
* the SENSE data.
*/
#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_
#define _SCSI_CODES_H_
/* Macros: */
#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY 0x12
#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE 0x03
#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY 0x00
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10 0x25
#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC 0x1D
#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL 0x1E
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10 0x2A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10 0x28
#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6 0x0A
#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6 0x08
#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10 0x2F
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6 0x1A
#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10 0x5A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD 0x00
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR 0x01
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY 0x02
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR 0x03
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR 0x04
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST 0x05
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION 0x06
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT 0x07
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK 0x08
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC 0x09
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED 0x0A
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND 0x0B
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW 0x0D
#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE 0x0E
#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY 0x04
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB 0x24
#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED 0x27
#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR 0x31
#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND 0x20
#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21
#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT 0x3A
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER 0x00
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED 0x01
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED 0x02
#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS 0x07
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.c
+336 -336
View File
@@ -1,336 +1,336 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C
#include "MassStorage.h"
/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */
CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */
CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = CSW_SIGNATURE };
/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */
volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MassStorage_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */
IsMassStoreReset = false;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Mass Storage In and Out Endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Mass Storage class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process UFI specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_MassStorageReset:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */
IsMassStoreReset = true;
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetMaxLUN:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(TOTAL_LUNS - 1);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they
* contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command.
*/
void MassStorage_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Data Out Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a command from the host has been issued */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Indicate busy */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
/* Process sent command block from the host */
if (ReadInCommandBlock())
{
/* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */
if (CommandBlock.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
/* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */
CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? Command_Pass : Command_Fail;
/* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */
CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag;
/* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */
CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
/* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */
if ((CommandStatus.Status == Command_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue))
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
/* Return command status block to the host */
ReturnCommandStatus();
/* Indicate ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
else
{
/* Indicate error reading in the command block from the host */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
{
/* Reset the data endpoint banks */
Endpoint_ResetFIFO(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ResetFIFO(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ClearStall();
Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ClearStall();
Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
/* Clear the abort transfer flag */
IsMassStoreReset = false;
}
}
/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block
* if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid.
*
* \return Boolean true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, false otherwise
*/
static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void)
{
/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Read in command block header */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)),
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return false;
/* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */
if ((CommandBlock.Signature != CBW_SIGNATURE) ||
(CommandBlock.LUN >= TOTAL_LUNS) ||
(CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH))
{
/* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
return false;
}
/* Read in command block command data */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength,
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return false;
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
return true;
}
/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any
* stalled data endpoints as needed.
*/
static void ReturnCommandStatus(void)
{
/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
{
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Select the Data In endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
{
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Write the CSW to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus),
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Stream callback function for the Endpoint stream read and write functions. This callback will abort the current stream transfer
* if a Mass Storage Reset request has been issued to the control endpoint.
*/
uint8_t StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset(void)
{
/* Abort if a Mass Storage reset command was received */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return STREAMCALLBACK_Abort;
/* Continue with the current stream operation */
return STREAMCALLBACK_Continue;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mass Storage demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C
#include "MassStorage.h"
/** Structure to hold the latest Command Block Wrapper issued by the host, containing a SCSI command to execute. */
CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
/** Structure to hold the latest Command Status Wrapper to return to the host, containing the status of the last issued command. */
CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus = { .Signature = CSW_SIGNATURE };
/** Flag to asynchronously abort any in-progress data transfers upon the reception of a mass storage reset command. */
volatile bool IsMassStoreReset = false;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
MassStorage_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
LEDs_Init();
SPI_Init(SPI_SPEED_FCPU_DIV_2 | SPI_SCK_LEAD_FALLING | SPI_SAMPLE_TRAILING | SPI_MODE_MASTER);
Dataflash_Init();
USB_Init();
/* Clear Dataflash sector protections, if enabled */
DataflashManager_ResetDataflashProtections();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Reset the MSReset flag upon connection */
IsMassStoreReset = false;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the Mass Storage management task.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host set the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the Mass Storage management task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Mass Storage In and Out Endpoints */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_BULK,
ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT, MASS_STORAGE_IO_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlPacket event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the Mass Storage class-specific
* requests) so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Process UFI specific control requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_MassStorageReset:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Indicate that the current transfer should be aborted */
IsMassStoreReset = true;
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetMaxLUN:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Indicate to the host the number of supported LUNs (virtual disks) on the device */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(TOTAL_LUNS - 1);
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Task to manage the Mass Storage interface, reading in Command Block Wrappers from the host, processing the SCSI commands they
* contain, and returning Command Status Wrappers back to the host to indicate the success or failure of the last issued command.
*/
void MassStorage_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Select the Data Out Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Check to see if a command from the host has been issued */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed())
{
/* Indicate busy */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_BUSY);
/* Process sent command block from the host */
if (ReadInCommandBlock())
{
/* Check direction of command, select Data IN endpoint if data is from the device */
if (CommandBlock.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
/* Decode the received SCSI command, set returned status code */
CommandStatus.Status = SCSI_DecodeSCSICommand() ? Command_Pass : Command_Fail;
/* Load in the CBW tag into the CSW to link them together */
CommandStatus.Tag = CommandBlock.Tag;
/* Load in the data residue counter into the CSW */
CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue = CommandBlock.DataTransferLength;
/* Stall the selected data pipe if command failed (if data is still to be transferred) */
if ((CommandStatus.Status == Command_Fail) && (CommandStatus.DataTransferResidue))
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
/* Return command status block to the host */
ReturnCommandStatus();
/* Indicate ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
}
else
{
/* Indicate error reading in the command block from the host */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
}
/* Check if a Mass Storage Reset occurred */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
{
/* Reset the data endpoint banks */
Endpoint_ResetFIFO(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ResetFIFO(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ClearStall();
Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_ClearStall();
Endpoint_ResetDataToggle();
/* Clear the abort transfer flag */
IsMassStoreReset = false;
}
}
/** Function to read in a command block from the host, via the bulk data OUT endpoint. This function reads in the next command block
* if one has been issued, and performs validation to ensure that the block command is valid.
*
* \return Boolean true if a valid command block has been read in from the endpoint, false otherwise
*/
static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void)
{
/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* Read in command block header */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock, (sizeof(CommandBlock) - sizeof(CommandBlock.SCSICommandData)),
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return false;
/* Verify the command block - abort if invalid */
if ((CommandBlock.Signature != CBW_SIGNATURE) ||
(CommandBlock.LUN >= TOTAL_LUNS) ||
(CommandBlock.Flags & 0x1F) ||
(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength == 0) ||
(CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength > MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH))
{
/* Stall both data pipes until reset by host */
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
Endpoint_StallTransaction();
return false;
}
/* Read in command block command data */
Endpoint_Read_Stream_LE(&CommandBlock.SCSICommandData,
CommandBlock.SCSICommandLength,
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return false;
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
return true;
}
/** Returns the filled Command Status Wrapper back to the host via the bulk data IN endpoint, waiting for the host to clear any
* stalled data endpoints as needed.
*/
static void ReturnCommandStatus(void)
{
/* Select the Data Out endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_OUT_EPNUM);
/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
{
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Select the Data In endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MASS_STORAGE_IN_EPNUM);
/* While data pipe is stalled, wait until the host issues a control request to clear the stall */
while (Endpoint_IsStalled())
{
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
}
/* Write the CSW to the endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&CommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatus),
StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset);
/* Check if the current command is being aborted by the host */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return;
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
/** Stream callback function for the Endpoint stream read and write functions. This callback will abort the current stream transfer
* if a Mass Storage Reset request has been issued to the control endpoint.
*/
uint8_t StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset(void)
{
/* Abort if a Mass Storage reset command was received */
if (IsMassStoreReset)
return STREAMCALLBACK_Abort;
/* Continue with the current stream operation */
return STREAMCALLBACK_Continue;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.h
+152 -152
View File
@@ -1,152 +1,152 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorage.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Mass Storage Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface, ready for the next command. */
#define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
/** Mass Storage Class specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical Units (drives) in the SCSI device. */
#define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
/** Maximum length of a SCSI command which can be issued by the device or host in a Mass Storage bulk wrapper. */
#define MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH 16
/** Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between
* each drive - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.
*/
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
#define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
/** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
#define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* Type defines: */
/** Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper */
uint32_t DataTransferLength; /** Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes */
uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction */
uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to */
uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array */
uint8_t SCSICommandData[MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block */
} CommandBlockWrapper_t;
/** Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper */
uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command */
uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */
} CommandStatusWrapper_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
enum MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t
{
Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command */
Phase_Error = 2 /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase */
};
/* Global Variables: */
extern CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
extern CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;
extern volatile bool IsMassStoreReset;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void MassStorage_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C)
static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void);
static void ReturnCommandStatus(void);
#endif
uint8_t StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset(void);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for MassStorage.c.
*/
#ifndef _MASS_STORAGE_H_
#define _MASS_STORAGE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include "Lib/SCSI.h"
#include "Lib/DataflashManager.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Mass Storage Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface, ready for the next command. */
#define REQ_MassStorageReset 0xFF
/** Mass Storage Class specific request to retrieve the total number of Logical Units (drives) in the SCSI device. */
#define REQ_GetMaxLUN 0xFE
/** Maximum length of a SCSI command which can be issued by the device or host in a Mass Storage bulk wrapper. */
#define MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH 16
/** Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between
* each drive - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.
*/
#define TOTAL_LUNS 1
/** Blocks in each LUN, calculated from the total capacity divided by the total number of Logical Units in the device. */
#define LUN_MEDIA_BLOCKS (VIRTUAL_MEMORY_BLOCKS / TOTAL_LUNS)
/** Magic signature for a Command Block Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
#define CBW_SIGNATURE 0x43425355UL
/** Magic signature for a Command Status Wrapper used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only transport protocol. */
#define CSW_SIGNATURE 0x53425355UL
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from host-to-device. */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT (0 << 7)
/** Mask for a Command Block Wrapper's flags attribute to specify a command with data sent from device-to-host. */
#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN (1 << 7)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is busy. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_BUSY LEDS_LED2
/* Type defines: */
/** Type define for a Command Block Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, must be CBW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Block */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper */
uint32_t DataTransferLength; /** Length of the optional data portion of the issued command, in bytes */
uint8_t Flags; /**< Command block flags, indicating command data direction */
uint8_t LUN; /**< Logical Unit number this command is issued to */
uint8_t SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the issued SCSI command within the SCSI command data array */
uint8_t SCSICommandData[MAX_SCSI_COMMAND_LENGTH]; /**< Issued SCSI command in the Command Block */
} CommandBlockWrapper_t;
/** Type define for a Command Status Wrapper, used in the Mass Storage Bulk-Only Transport protocol. */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t Signature; /**< Status block signature, must be CSW_SIGNATURE to indicate a valid Command Status */
uint32_t Tag; /**< Unique command ID value, to associate a command block wrapper with its command status wrapper */
uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Number of bytes of data not processed in the SCSI command */
uint8_t Status; /**< Status code of the issued command - a value from the MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */
} CommandStatusWrapper_t;
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible command status wrapper return status codes. */
enum MassStorage_CommandStatusCodes_t
{
Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed with no error */
Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete - host may check the exact error via a SCSI REQUEST SENSE command */
Phase_Error = 2 /**< Command failed due to being invalid in the current phase */
};
/* Global Variables: */
extern CommandBlockWrapper_t CommandBlock;
extern CommandStatusWrapper_t CommandStatus;
extern volatile bool IsMassStoreReset;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void MassStorage_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORAGE_C)
static bool ReadInCommandBlock(void);
static void ReturnCommandStatus(void);
#endif
uint8_t StreamCallback_AbortOnMassStoreReset(void);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/MassStorage.txt
+92 -92
View File
@@ -1,92 +1,92 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual LUN Mass Storage demonstration application. This gives a simple
* reference application for implementing a multiple LUN USB Mass Storage
* device using the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no
* special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device with two LUNs (separate disks) which may
* be formatted and used in the same manner as commercial USB Mass Storage
* devices.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drives upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* This demo is not restricted to only two LUNs; by changing the TOTAL_LUNS
* value in MassStorageDualLUN.h, any number of LUNs can be used (from 1 to
* 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
* Dataflash memory.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mass Storage Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Mass Storage Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>Bulk-Only Transport</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard \n
* USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard \n
* SCSI Primary Commands Specification \n
* SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Dual LUN Mass Storage demonstration application. This gives a simple
* reference application for implementing a multiple LUN USB Mass Storage
* device using the basic USB UFI drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no
* special drivers required).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function as an
* external mass storage device with two LUNs (separate disks) which may
* be formatted and used in the same manner as commercial USB Mass Storage
* devices.
*
* You will need to format the mass storage drives upon first run of this
* demonstration - as the device acts only as a data block transport between
* the host and the storage media, it does not matter what file system is used,
* as the data interpretation is performed by the host and not the USB device.
*
* This demo is not restricted to only two LUNs; by changing the TOTAL_LUNS
* value in MassStorageDualLUN.h, any number of LUNs can be used (from 1 to
* 255), with each LUN being allocated an equal portion of the available
* Dataflash memory.
*
* The USB control endpoint is managed entirely by the library using endpoint
* interrupts, as the INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT option is enabled. This allows for
* the host to reset the Mass Storage device state during long transfers without
* the need for complicated polling logic.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Define Name:</b></td>
* <td><b>Location:</b></td>
* <td><b>Description:</b></td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td>TOTAL_LUNS</td>
* <td>MassStorage.h</td>
* <td>Total number of Logical Units (drives) in the device. The total device capacity is shared equally between each drive
* - this can be set to any positive non-zero amount.</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/MassStorage/makefile
+738 -738
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.c
+251 -251
View File
@@ -1,251 +1,251 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2041,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x02,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** HID class report descriptor. This is a special descriptor constructed with values from the
* USBIF HID class specification to describe the reports and capabilities of the HID device. This
* descriptor is parsed by the host and its contents used to determine what data (and in what encoding)
* the device will send, and what it may be sent back from the host. Refer to the HID specification for
* more details on HID report descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t PROGMEM MouseReport[] =
{
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop) */
0x09, 0x02, /* Usage (Mouse) */
0xA1, 0x01, /* Collection (Application) */
0x09, 0x01, /* Usage (Pointer) */
0xA1, 0x00, /* Collection (Application) */
0x95, 0x03, /* Report Count (3) */
0x75, 0x01, /* Report Size (1) */
0x05, 0x09, /* Usage Page (Button) */
0x19, 0x01, /* Usage Minimum (Button 1) */
0x29, 0x03, /* Usage Maximum (Button 3) */
0x15, 0x00, /* Logical Minimum (0) */
0x25, 0x01, /* Logical Maximum (1) */
0x81, 0x02, /* Input (Data, Variable, Absolute) */
0x95, 0x01, /* Report Count (1) */
0x75, 0x05, /* Report Size (5) */
0x81, 0x01, /* Input (Constant) */
0x75, 0x08, /* Report Size (8) */
0x95, 0x02, /* Report Count (2) */
0x05, 0x01, /* Usage Page (Generic Desktop Control) */
0x09, 0x30, /* Usage X */
0x09, 0x31, /* Usage Y */
0x15, 0x81, /* Logical Minimum (-127) */
0x25, 0x7F, /* Logical Maximum (127) */
0x81, 0x06, /* Input (Data, Variable, Relative) */
0xC0, /* End Collection */
0xC0 /* End Collection */
};
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(02.00),
.Class = 0x00,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x2041,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 1,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.HID_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0x00,
.AlternateSetting = 0x00,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x03,
.SubClass = 0x01,
.Protocol = 0x02,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.HID_MouseHID =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t), .Type = DTYPE_HID},
.HIDSpec = VERSION_BCD(01.11),
.CountryCode = 0x00,
.TotalReportDescriptors = 1,
.HIDReportType = DTYPE_Report,
.HIDReportLength = sizeof(MouseReport)
},
.HID_ReportINEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | MOUSE_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = MOUSE_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x0A
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(15), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA Mouse Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
case DTYPE_HID:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor.HID_MouseHID;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_HID_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Report:
Address = (void*)&MouseReport;
Size = sizeof(MouseReport);
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Descriptors.h
+93 -93
View File
@@ -1,93 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the HID class specific HID descriptor, to describe the HID device's specifications. Refer to the HID
* specification for details on the structure elements.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header;
uint16_t HIDSpec;
uint8_t CountryCode;
uint8_t TotalReportDescriptors;
uint8_t HIDReportType;
uint16_t HIDReportLength;
} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;
/** Type define for the data type used to store HID report descriptor elements. */
typedef uint8_t USB_Descriptor_HIDReport_Datatype_t;
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t HID_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_HID_t HID_MouseHID;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t HID_ReportINEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Macros: */
/** Endpoint number of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPNUM 1
/** Size in bytes of the Mouse HID reporting IN endpoint. */
#define MOUSE_EPSIZE 8
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_HID 0x21
/** Descriptor header type value, to indicate a HID class HID report descriptor. */
#define DTYPE_Report 0x22
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.c
+308 -308
View File
@@ -1,308 +1,308 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Mouse.h"
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
* protocol reporting mode.
*/
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
*/
uint16_t IdleCount = HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY;
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
* milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
*/
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Mouse_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
UsingReportProtocol = true;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MOUSE_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_GetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount >> 2);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
if (IdleMSRemaining)
IdleMSRemaining--;
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*/
void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->Button = (1 << 0);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
}
/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
void SendNextReport(void)
{
static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData;
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
bool SendReport;
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0);
/* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick
* is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */
if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0))
SendReport = true;
/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
if ((IdleCount != HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY) && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
{
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
SendReport = true;
}
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM);
/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
{
/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData;
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
void Mouse_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Send the next mouse report to the host */
SendNextReport();
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Main source file for the Mouse demo. This file contains the main tasks of the demo and
* is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
*/
#include "Mouse.h"
/** Indicates what report mode the host has requested, true for normal HID reporting mode, false for special boot
* protocol reporting mode.
*/
bool UsingReportProtocol = true;
/** Current Idle period. This is set by the host via a Set Idle HID class request to silence the device's reports
* for either the entire idle duration, or until the report status changes (e.g. the user moves the mouse).
*/
uint16_t IdleCount = HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY;
/** Current Idle period remaining. When the IdleCount value is set, this tracks the remaining number of idle
* milliseconds. This is separate to the IdleCount timer and is incremented and compared as the host may request
* the current idle period via a Get Idle HID class request, thus its value must be preserved.
*/
uint16_t IdleMSRemaining = 0;
/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then
* enters a loop to run the application tasks in sequence.
*/
int main(void)
{
SetupHardware();
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
sei();
for (;;)
{
Mouse_Task();
USB_USBTask();
}
}
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the demo's functionality. */
void SetupHardware(void)
{
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
wdt_disable();
/* Disable clock division */
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
/* Hardware Initialization */
Joystick_Init();
LEDs_Init();
Buttons_Init();
USB_Init();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Connect event. This indicates that the device is enumerating via the status LEDs and
* starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB enumerating */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING);
/* Default to report protocol on connect */
UsingReportProtocol = true;
}
/** Event handler for the USB_Disconnect event. This indicates that the device is no longer connected to a host via
* the status LEDs and stops the USB management and Mouse reporting tasks.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void)
{
/* Indicate USB not ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY);
}
/** Event handler for the USB_ConfigurationChanged event. This is fired when the host sets the current configuration
* of the USB device after enumeration - the device endpoints are configured and the mouse reporting task started.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
{
/* Indicate USB connected and ready */
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_READY);
/* Setup Mouse Report Endpoint */
if (!(Endpoint_ConfigureEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT,
ENDPOINT_DIR_IN, MOUSE_EPSIZE,
ENDPOINT_BANK_SINGLE)))
{
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMASK_USB_ERROR);
}
USB_Device_EnableSOFEvents();
}
/** Event handler for the USB_UnhandledControlRequest event. This is used to catch standard and class specific
* control requests that are not handled internally by the USB library (including the HID commands, which are
* all issued via the control endpoint), so that they can be handled appropriately for the application.
*/
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void)
{
/* Handle HID Class specific requests */
switch (USB_ControlRequest.bRequest)
{
case REQ_GetReport:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
/* Write the report data to the control endpoint */
Endpoint_Write_Control_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Clear the report data afterwards */
memset(&MouseReportData, 0, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet or clear the host abort */
Endpoint_ClearOUT();
}
break;
case REQ_GetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current protocol flag to the host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(UsingReportProtocol);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetProtocol:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Set or clear the flag depending on what the host indicates that the current Protocol should be */
UsingReportProtocol = (USB_ControlRequest.wValue != 0);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_SetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Get idle period in MSB, must multiply by 4 to get the duration in milliseconds */
IdleCount = ((USB_ControlRequest.wValue & 0xFF00) >> 6);
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
case REQ_GetIdle:
if (USB_ControlRequest.bmRequestType == (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE))
{
Endpoint_ClearSETUP();
/* Write the current idle duration to the host, must be divided by 4 before sent to host */
Endpoint_Write_Byte(IdleCount >> 2);
/* Send the flag to the host */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
Endpoint_ClearStatusStage();
}
break;
}
}
/** Event handler for the USB device Start Of Frame event. */
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void)
{
/* One millisecond has elapsed, decrement the idle time remaining counter if it has not already elapsed */
if (IdleMSRemaining)
IdleMSRemaining--;
}
/** Fills the given HID report data structure with the next HID report to send to the host.
*
* \param[out] ReportData Pointer to a HID report data structure to be filled
*/
void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData)
{
uint8_t JoyStatus_LCL = Joystick_GetStatus();
uint8_t ButtonStatus_LCL = Buttons_GetStatus();
/* Clear the report contents */
memset(ReportData, 0, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t));
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_UP)
ReportData->Y = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_DOWN)
ReportData->Y = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_LEFT)
ReportData->X = -1;
else if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_RIGHT)
ReportData->X = 1;
if (JoyStatus_LCL & JOY_PRESS)
ReportData->Button = (1 << 0);
if (ButtonStatus_LCL & BUTTONS_BUTTON1)
ReportData->Button |= (1 << 1);
}
/** Sends the next HID report to the host, via the keyboard data endpoint. */
void SendNextReport(void)
{
static USB_MouseReport_Data_t PrevMouseReportData;
USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReportData;
bool SendReport;
/* Create the next mouse report for transmission to the host */
CreateMouseReport(&MouseReportData);
/* Check to see if the report data has changed - if so a report MUST be sent */
SendReport = (memcmp(&PrevMouseReportData, &MouseReportData, sizeof(USB_MouseReport_Data_t)) != 0);
/* Override the check if the Y or X values are non-zero - we want continuous movement while the joystick
* is being held down (via continuous reports), otherwise the cursor will only move once per joystick toggle */
if ((MouseReportData.Y != 0) || (MouseReportData.X != 0))
SendReport = true;
/* Check if the idle period is set and has elapsed */
if ((IdleCount != HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY) && (!(IdleMSRemaining)))
{
/* Reset the idle time remaining counter */
IdleMSRemaining = IdleCount;
/* Idle period is set and has elapsed, must send a report to the host */
SendReport = true;
}
/* Select the Mouse Report Endpoint */
Endpoint_SelectEndpoint(MOUSE_EPNUM);
/* Check if Mouse Endpoint Ready for Read/Write and if we should send a new report */
if (Endpoint_IsReadWriteAllowed() && SendReport)
{
/* Save the current report data for later comparison to check for changes */
PrevMouseReportData = MouseReportData;
/* Write Mouse Report Data */
Endpoint_Write_Stream_LE(&MouseReportData, sizeof(MouseReportData));
/* Finalize the stream transfer to send the last packet */
Endpoint_ClearIN();
}
}
/** Task to manage HID report generation and transmission to the host, when in report mode. */
void Mouse_Task(void)
{
/* Device must be connected and configured for the task to run */
if (USB_DeviceState != DEVICE_STATE_Configured)
return;
/* Send the next mouse report to the host */
SendNextReport();
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.h
+112 -112
View File
@@ -1,112 +1,112 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Mouse.c.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
#define _MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Idle period indicating that reports should be sent only when the inputs have changed */
#define HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY 0
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Mouse_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Mouse.c.
*/
#ifndef _MOUSE_H_
#define _MOUSE_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/wdt.h>
#include <avr/power.h>
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "Descriptors.h"
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Idle period indicating that reports should be sent only when the inputs have changed */
#define HID_IDLE_CHANGESONLY 0
/** HID Class specific request to get the next HID report from the device. */
#define REQ_GetReport 0x01
/** HID Class specific request to get the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_GetIdle 0x02
/** HID Class specific request to send the next HID report to the device. */
#define REQ_SetReport 0x09
/** HID Class specific request to set the idle timeout period of the device. */
#define REQ_SetIdle 0x0A
/** HID Class specific request to get the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_GetProtocol 0x03
/** HID Class specific request to set the current HID protocol in use, either report or boot. */
#define REQ_SetProtocol 0x0B
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is not ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_NOTREADY LEDS_LED1
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is enumerating. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ENUMERATING (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that the USB interface is ready. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_READY (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
/** LED mask for the library LED driver, to indicate that an error has occurred in the USB interface. */
#define LEDMASK_USB_ERROR (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the mouse HID report structure, for creating and sending HID reports to the host PC.
* This mirrors the layout described to the host in the HID report descriptor, in Descriptors.c.
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Button; /**< Bit mask of the currently pressed mouse buttons */
int8_t X; /**< Current mouse delta X movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
int8_t Y; /**< Current mouse delta Y movement, as a signed 8-bit integer */
} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void SetupHardware(void);
void Mouse_Task(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Connect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_Disconnect(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_UnhandledControlRequest(void);
void EVENT_USB_Device_StartOfFrame(void);
void CreateMouseReport(USB_MouseReport_Data_t* ReportData);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/Mouse.txt
+72 -72
View File
@@ -1,72 +1,72 @@
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
* drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
* boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
* it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
* the right mouse button.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
/** \file
*
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
*/
/** \mainpage Mouse Device Demo
*
* \section SSec_Compat Demo Compatibility:
*
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this demo.
*
* - Series 7 USB AVRs
* - Series 6 USB AVRs
* - Series 4 USB AVRs
* - Series 2 USB AVRs
*
* \section SSec_Info USB Information:
*
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
* <td>Device</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
* <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
* <td>N/A</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
* <td>USBIF HID Specification \n
* USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>
* </tr>
* <tr>
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
* <td>Low Speed Mode \n
* Full Speed Mode</td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*
* \section SSec_Description Project Description:
*
* Mouse demonstration application. This gives a simple reference
* application for implementing a USB Mouse using the basic USB HID
* drivers in all modern OSes (i.e. no special drivers required). It is
* boot protocol compatible, and thus works under compatible BIOS as if
* it was a native mouse (e.g. PS/2).
*
* On start-up the system will automatically enumerate and function
* as a mouse when the USB connection to a host is present. To use
* the mouse, move the joystick to move the pointer, and push the
* joystick inwards to simulate a left-button click. The HWB serves as
* the right mouse button.
*
* \section SSec_Options Project Options
*
* The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.
*
* <table>
* <tr>
* <td>
* None
* </td>
* </tr>
* </table>
*/
Demos/Device/LowLevel/Mouse/makefile
+736 -736
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.c
+255 -255
View File
@@ -1,255 +1,255 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204C,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0xFF,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x00}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x02
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
* the device's capabilities and functions.
*/
#include "Descriptors.h"
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
* process begins.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
.ProductID = 0x204C,
.ReleaseNumber = 0x0000,
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
.SerialNumStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
};
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
*/
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
{
.Config =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_BUSPOWERED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
},
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
.Class = 0x02,
.SubClass = 0x02,
.Protocol = 0xFF,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.CDC_Functional_Header =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x00,
.Data = {0x01, 0x10}
},
.CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x02,
.Data = {0x00}
},
.CDC_Functional_Union =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2)), .Type = 0x24},
.SubType = 0x06,
.Data = {0x00, 0x01}
},
.CDC_ManagementEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x02
},
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
.AlternateSetting = 0,
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
.Class = 0x0A,
.SubClass = 0x00,
.Protocol = 0x00,
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
},
.RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_OUT | CDC_RX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
},
.RNDIS_DataInEndpoint =
{
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
.EndpointAddress = (ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN | CDC_TX_EPNUM),
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x00
}
};
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
};
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(11), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"Dean Camera"
};
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
* Descriptor.
*/
USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
{
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
.UnicodeString = L"LUFA RNDIS CDC Demo"
};
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
* USB host.
*/
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
{
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
void* Address = NULL;
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
switch (DescriptorType)
{
case DTYPE_Device:
Address = (void*)&DeviceDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
break;
case DTYPE_Configuration:
Address = (void*)&ConfigurationDescriptor;
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
break;
case DTYPE_String:
switch (DescriptorNumber)
{
case 0x00:
Address = (void*)&LanguageString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x01:
Address = (void*)&ManufacturerString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
break;
case 0x02:
Address = (void*)&ProductString;
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
break;
}
break;
}
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
return Size;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Descriptors.h
+97 -97
View File
@@ -1,97 +1,97 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
* uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
* a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
* easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly.
*
* \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload
*/
#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
struct \
{ \
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
uint8_t SubType; \
uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
}
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Header;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
*/
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
/* Macros: */
/** Macro to define a CDC class-specific functional descriptor. CDC functional descriptors have a
* uniform structure but variable sized data payloads, thus cannot be represented accurately by
* a single typedef struct. A macro is used instead so that functional descriptors can be created
* easily by specifying the size of the payload. This allows sizeof() to work correctly.
*
* \param[in] DataSize Size in bytes of the CDC functional descriptor's data payload
*/
#define CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(DataSize) \
struct \
{ \
USB_Descriptor_Header_t Header; \
uint8_t SubType; \
uint8_t Data[DataSize]; \
}
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPNUM 3
/** Endpoint number of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_TX_EPNUM 1
/** Endpoint number of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
#define CDC_RX_EPNUM 2
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 64
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
*/
typedef struct
{
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Header;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(1) CDC_Functional_AbstractControlManagement;
CDC_FUNCTIONAL_DESCRIPTOR(2) CDC_Functional_Union;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_ManagementEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataOutEndpoint;
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t RNDIS_DataInEndpoint;
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue, const uint8_t wIndex, void** const DescriptorAddress)
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Doxygen.conf
+1564 -1564
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/LUFA RNDIS.inf
+51 -51
View File
@@ -1,52 +1,52 @@
; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature = "$Windows NT$"
Class = Net
ClassGUID = {4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
Provider = %COMPANY%
DriverVer = 06/21/2006,6.0.6000.16384
;CatalogFile = device.cat
[Manufacturer]
%COMPANY% = RndisDevices,NTx86,NTamd64,NTia64
; Decoration for x86 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTx86]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for x64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTamd64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for ia64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTia64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
;@@@ This is the common setting for setup
[ControlFlags]
ExcludeFromSelect=*
; DDInstall section
; References the in-build Netrndis.inf
[RNDIS.NT.5.1]
Characteristics = 0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
BusType = 15
; NEVER REMOVE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE FOR NETRNDIS.INF
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi
AddReg = Rndis_AddReg_Vista
; DDInstal.Services section
[RNDIS.NT.5.1.Services]
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
; No sys copyfiles - the sys files are already in-build
; (part of the operating system).
; Modify these strings for your device as needed.
[Strings]
COMPANY="LUFA Library"
; Windows LUFA RNDIS Setup File
; Copyright (c) 2000 Microsoft Corporation
[Version]
Signature = "$Windows NT$"
Class = Net
ClassGUID = {4d36e972-e325-11ce-bfc1-08002be10318}
Provider = %COMPANY%
DriverVer = 06/21/2006,6.0.6000.16384
;CatalogFile = device.cat
[Manufacturer]
%COMPANY% = RndisDevices,NTx86,NTamd64,NTia64
; Decoration for x86 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTx86]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for x64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTamd64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
; Decoration for ia64 architecture
[RndisDevices.NTia64]
%RNDISDEV% = RNDIS.NT.5.1, USB\VID_03EB&PID_204C
;@@@ This is the common setting for setup
[ControlFlags]
ExcludeFromSelect=*
; DDInstall section
; References the in-build Netrndis.inf
[RNDIS.NT.5.1]
Characteristics = 0x84 ; NCF_PHYSICAL + NCF_HAS_UI
BusType = 15
; NEVER REMOVE THE FOLLOWING REFERENCE FOR NETRNDIS.INF
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi
AddReg = Rndis_AddReg_Vista
; DDInstal.Services section
[RNDIS.NT.5.1.Services]
include = netrndis.inf
needs = Usb_Rndis.ndi.Services
; No sys copyfiles - the sys files are already in-build
; (part of the operating system).
; Modify these strings for your device as needed.
[Strings]
COMPANY="LUFA Library"
RNDISDEV="LUFA USB RNDIS Demo"
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.c
+85 -85
View File
@@ -1,85 +1,85 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
* conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
* device.
*/
#include "ARP.h"
/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
* virtual server device on the network.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
(SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
{
/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
{
/* Fill out the ARP response header */
ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
}
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles the
* conversion of physical MAC addresses to protocol IP addresses between the host and the
* device.
*/
#include "ARP.h"
/** Processes an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting the IP or MAC address of the
* virtual server device on the network.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ARP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ARP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeARPHeader(InDataStart);
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderIN = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeaderOUT = (ARP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Ensure that the ARP request is a IPv4 request packet */
if ((SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4) &&
(SwapEndian_16(ARPHeaderIN->Operation) == ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST))
{
/* If the ARP packet is requesting the MAC or IP of the virtual webserver, return the response */
if (IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->TPA, &ServerIPAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeaderIN->THA, &ServerMACAddress))
{
/* Fill out the ARP response header */
ARPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = ARPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
ARPHeaderOUT->ProtocolType = ARPHeaderIN->ProtocolType;
ARPHeaderOUT->HLEN = ARPHeaderIN->HLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->PLEN = ARPHeaderIN->PLEN;
ARPHeaderOUT->Operation = SwapEndian_16(ARP_OPERATION_REPLY);
/* Copy over the sender MAC/IP to the target fields for the response */
ARPHeaderOUT->THA = ARPHeaderIN->SHA;
ARPHeaderOUT->TPA = ARPHeaderIN->SPA;
/* Copy over the new sender MAC/IP - MAC and IP addresses of the virtual webserver */
ARPHeaderOUT->SHA = ServerMACAddress;
ARPHeaderOUT->SPA = ServerIPAddress;
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return sizeof(ARP_Header_t);
}
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ARP.h
+74 -74
View File
@@ -1,74 +1,74 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ARP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ARP_H_
#define _ARP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
} ARP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ARP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ARP_H_
#define _ARP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a request from a host for an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST 1
/** ARP header operation constant, indicating a reply from a host giving an address translation */
#define ARP_OPERATION_REPLY 2
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ARP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware type constant, indicating the hardware used */
uint16_t ProtocolType; /**< Protocol being resolved, usually ETHERTYPE_IPV4 */
uint8_t HLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination hardware addresses */
uint8_t PLEN; /**< Length in bytes of the source/destination protocol addresses */
uint16_t Operation; /**< Type of operation, either ARP_OPERATION_REQUEST or ARP_OPERATION_REPLY */
MAC_Address_t SHA; /**< Sender's hardware address */
IP_Address_t SPA; /**< Sender's protocol address */
MAC_Address_t THA; /**< Target's hardware address */
IP_Address_t TPA; /**< Target's protocol address */
} ARP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ARP_ProcessARPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.c
+118 -118
View File
@@ -1,118 +1,118 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
* handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
* IP address given to it by the device.
*/
#include "DHCP.h"
/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
* \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
{
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it legacy and left at 0 */
memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
memcpy(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
{
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
}
}
/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) packet handling routines. This protocol
* handles the automatic IP negotiation to the host, so that the host will use the provided
* IP address given to it by the device.
*/
#include "DHCP.h"
/** Processes a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is requesting or accepting an IP address.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] DHCPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's DHCP header
* \param[out] DHCPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's DHCP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart)
{
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)IPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderIN = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderInStart;
DHCP_Header_t* DHCPHeaderOUT = (DHCP_Header_t*)DHCPHeaderOutStart;
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsINStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderInStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
uint8_t* DHCPOptionsOUTStart = (uint8_t*)(DHCPHeaderOutStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
DecodeDHCPHeader(DHCPHeaderInStart);
/* Zero out the response DHCP packet, as much of it legacy and left at 0 */
memset(DHCPHeaderOUT, 0, sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet */
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareType = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareType;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Operation = DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY;
DHCPHeaderOUT->HardwareAddressLength = DHCPHeaderIN->HardwareAddressLength;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Hops = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->TransactionID = DHCPHeaderIN->TransactionID;
DHCPHeaderOUT->ElapsedSeconds = 0;
DHCPHeaderOUT->Flags = DHCPHeaderIN->Flags;
DHCPHeaderOUT->YourIP = ClientIPAddress;
memcpy(&DHCPHeaderOUT->ClientHardwareAddress, &DHCPHeaderIN->ClientHardwareAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
DHCPHeaderOUT->Cookie = SwapEndian_32(DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE);
/* Alter the incoming IP packet header so that the corrected IP source and destinations are used - this means that
when the response IP header is generated, it will use the corrected addresses and not the null/broatcast addresses */
IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress = ClientIPAddress;
IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress = ServerIPAddress;
/* Process the incoming DHCP packet options */
while (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
/* Find the Message Type DHCP option, to determine the type of DHCP packet */
if (DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
if ((DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) || (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST))
{
/* Fill out the response DHCP packet options for a DHCP OFFER or ACK response */
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 1;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = (DHCPOptionsINStart[2] == DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER) ? DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER
: DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 4;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0xFF;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = 0x00;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER;
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = sizeof(IP_Address_t);
memcpy(DHCPOptionsOUTStart, &ServerIPAddress, sizeof(IP_Address_t));
DHCPOptionsOUTStart += sizeof(IP_Address_t);
*(DHCPOptionsOUTStart++) = DHCP_OPTION_END;
return (sizeof(DHCP_Header_t) + 12 + sizeof(IP_Address_t));
}
}
/* Go to the next DHCP option - skip one byte if option is a padding byte, else skip the complete option's size */
DHCPOptionsINStart += ((DHCPOptionsINStart[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptionsINStart[1] + 2));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/DHCP.h
+125 -125
View File
@@ -1,125 +1,125 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DHCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _DHCP_H_
#define _DHCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier */
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP) */
#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
} DHCP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for DHCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _DHCP_H_
#define _DHCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a request from a host to a DHCP server */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST 0x01
/** DHCP operation constant, indicating a reply from a DHCP server to a host */
#define DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY 0x02
/** Hardware type constant, indicating Ethernet as a carrier */
#define DHCP_HTYPE_ETHERNET 0x01
/** Magic boot protocol "cookie", inserted into all BOOTP packets (BOOTP is the carrier of DHCP) */
#define DHCP_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x63825363
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that a subnet mask will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_SUBNETMASK 1
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the DHCP message type constant will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE 53
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating that the IP address of the DHCP server will follow */
#define DHCP_OPTION_DHCPSERVER 54
/** DHCP option list entry header, used to pad out option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_PAD 0
/** DHCP option list entry header, indicating the end of option data */
#define DHCP_OPTION_END 255
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server offer an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER 1
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a DHCP server is offering an IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_OFFER 2
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, requesting that a DHCP server lease a given IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST 3
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, declining an offered DHCP server IP address lease */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE 4
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, ACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_ACK 5
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, NACKing a host IP lease request */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_NACK 6
/** Message type constant, used in the DHCP option data field, indicating that a host is releasing a leased IP address */
#define DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE 7
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a DHCP packet inside an Ethernet frame. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Operation; /**< DHCP operation, either DHCP_OP_BOOTREQUEST or DHCP_OP_BOOTREPLY */
uint8_t HardwareType; /**< Hardware carrier type constant */
uint8_t HardwareAddressLength; /**< Length in bytes of a hardware (MAC) address on the network */
uint8_t Hops; /**< Number of hops required to reach the server, unused */
uint32_t TransactionID; /**< Unique ID of the DHCP packet, for positive matching between sent and received packets */
uint16_t ElapsedSeconds; /**< Elapsed seconds since the request was made */
uint16_t Flags; /**< BOOTP packet flags */
IP_Address_t ClientIP; /**< Client IP address, if already leased an IP */
IP_Address_t YourIP; /**< Client IP address */
IP_Address_t NextServerIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
IP_Address_t RelayAgentIP; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t ClientHardwareAddress[16]; /**< Hardware (MAC) address of the client making a request to the DHCP server */
uint8_t ServerHostnameString[64]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint8_t BootFileName[128]; /**< Legacy BOOTP protocol field, unused for DHCP */
uint32_t Cookie; /**< Magic BOOTP protocol cookie to indicate a valid packet */
} DHCP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderInStart, void* DHCPHeaderOutStart);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.c
+135 -135
View File
@@ -1,135 +1,135 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
* frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
* protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
*/
#include "Ethernet.h"
/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */
Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */
Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
* frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
*/
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void)
{
DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData);
/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData;
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
(SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
{
/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
{
case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
FrameOUT.FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
FrameOUT.FrameInBuffer = true;
}
}
/* Check if the packet was processed */
if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
{
/* Clear the frame buffer */
FrameIN.FrameInBuffer = false;
}
}
/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
* compliment of each word, complimented.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
* \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
*
* \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
*/
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes)
{
uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
uint32_t Checksum = 0;
for (uint8_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
return ~Checksum;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Ethernet frame packet handling routines. This protocol handles the processing of raw Ethernet
* frames sent and received, deferring the processing of sub-packet protocols to the appropriate
* protocol handlers, such as DHCP or ARP.
*/
#include "Ethernet.h"
/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the incoming Ethernet frame from the host. */
Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
/** Ethernet Frame buffer structure, to hold the outgoing Ethernet frame to the host. */
Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the virtual server MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress = {SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the virtual server IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress = {SERVER_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a MAC address to the broadcast MAC address. */
const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress = {BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting a IP address to the broadcast IP address. */
const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress = {BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Constant for convenience when checking against or setting an IP address to the client (host) IP address. */
const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress = {CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS};
/** Processes an incoming Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response to the output Ethernet
* frame buffer if the sub protocol handlers create a valid response.
*/
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void)
{
DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(FrameIN.FrameData);
/* Cast the incoming Ethernet frame to the Ethernet header type */
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameINHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameIN.FrameData;
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameOUTHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)&FrameOUT.FrameData;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Ensure frame is addressed to either all (broadcast) or the virtual webserver, and is a type II frame */
if ((MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress) ||
MAC_COMPARE(&FrameINHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)) &&
(SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE))
{
/* Process the packet depending on its protocol */
switch (SwapEndian_16(FrameINHeader->EtherType))
{
case ETHERTYPE_ARP:
RetSize = ARP_ProcessARPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
case ETHERTYPE_IPV4:
RetSize = IP_ProcessIPPacket(&FrameIN.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)],
&FrameOUT.FrameData[sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Protocol processing routine has filled a response, complete the ethernet frame header */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response Ethernet frame header */
FrameOUTHeader->Source = ServerMACAddress;
FrameOUTHeader->Destination = FrameINHeader->Source;
FrameOUTHeader->EtherType = FrameINHeader->EtherType;
/* Set the response length in the buffer and indicate that a response is ready to be sent */
FrameOUT.FrameLength = (sizeof(Ethernet_Frame_Header_t) + RetSize);
FrameOUT.FrameInBuffer = true;
}
}
/* Check if the packet was processed */
if (RetSize != NO_PROCESS)
{
/* Clear the frame buffer */
FrameIN.FrameInBuffer = false;
}
}
/** Calculates the appropriate ethernet checksum, consisting of the addition of the one's
* compliment of each word, complimented.
*
* \param[in] Data Pointer to the packet buffer data whose checksum must be calculated
* \param[in] Bytes Number of bytes in the data buffer to process
*
* \return A 16-bit Ethernet checksum value
*/
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes)
{
uint16_t* Words = (uint16_t*)Data;
uint32_t Checksum = 0;
for (uint8_t CurrWord = 0; CurrWord < (Bytes >> 1); CurrWord++)
Checksum += Words[CurrWord];
while (Checksum & 0xFFFF0000)
Checksum = ((Checksum & 0xFFFF) + (Checksum >> 16));
return ~Checksum;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/Ethernet.h
+119 -119
View File
@@ -1,119 +1,119 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Ethernet.c.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
#define _ETHERNET_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
#include "TCP.h"
#include "UDP.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
#include "ARP.h"
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
* \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
/** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes */
#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard */
#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated */
#define NO_RESPONSE 0
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled */
#define NO_PROCESS -1
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents */
uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer */
bool FrameInBuffer; /**< Indicates if a frame is currently stored in the buffer */
} Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header */
typedef struct
{
MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
union
{
uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
uint16_t Length; /**< Ethernet frame length, for Ethernet V1 packets */
};
} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void);
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for Ethernet.c.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_H_
#define _ETHERNET_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "ICMP.h"
#include "TCP.h"
#include "UDP.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
#include "ARP.h"
#include "IP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Physical MAC address of the USB RNDIS network adapter */
#define ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00, 0x02, 0x00}
/** Physical MAC address of the virtual server on the network */
#define SERVER_MAC_ADDRESS {0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01, 0x00, 0x01}
/** Physical MAC address of the network broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_MAC_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Performs a comparison between two MAC addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] MAC1 First MAC address
* \param[in] MAC2 Second MAC address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define MAC_COMPARE(MAC1, MAC2) (memcmp(MAC1, MAC2, sizeof(MAC_Address_t)) == 0)
/** Maximum size of an incoming or outgoing Ethernet frame in bytes */
#define ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX 1500
/** Minimum size of an Ethernet packet in bytes, to conform to the Ethernet V2 packet standard */
#define ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE 0x0600
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that no response packet has been generated */
#define NO_RESPONSE 0
/** Return value for all sub protocol handling routines, indicating that the packet has not yet been handled */
#define NO_PROCESS -1
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame buffer. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t FrameData[ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX]; /**< Ethernet frame contents */
uint16_t FrameLength; /**< Length in bytes of the Ethernet frame stored in the buffer */
bool FrameInBuffer; /**< Indicates if a frame is currently stored in the buffer */
} Ethernet_Frame_Info_t;
/** Type define for an Ethernet frame header */
typedef struct
{
MAC_Address_t Destination; /**< Physical MAC address of the packet recipient */
MAC_Address_t Source; /**< Physics MAC address of the packet source */
union
{
uint16_t EtherType; /**< Ethernet packet sub-protocol type, for Ethernet V2 packets */
uint16_t Length; /**< Ethernet frame length, for Ethernet V1 packets */
};
} Ethernet_Frame_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameIN;
extern Ethernet_Frame_Info_t FrameOUT;
extern const MAC_Address_t ServerMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ServerIPAddress;
extern const MAC_Address_t BroadcastMACAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t BroadcastIPAddress;
extern const IP_Address_t ClientIPAddress;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void Ethernet_ProcessPacket(void);
uint16_t Ethernet_Checksum16(void* Data, uint16_t Bytes);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/EthernetProtocols.h
+87 -87
View File
@@ -1,87 +1,87 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
* all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
/* Macros: */
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
#define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
#define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
#define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
#define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
#define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
#define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
#define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
#define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
} MAC_Address_t;
/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
} IP_Address_t;
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* General Ethernet protocol constants and type defines, for use by
* all network protocol portions of the TCP/IP stack.
*/
#ifndef _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
#define _ETHERNET_PROTOCOLS_H_
/* Macros: */
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV4 0x0800
#define ETHERTYPE_ARP 0x0806
#define ETHERTYPE_RARP 0x8035
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALK 0x809b
#define ETHERTYPE_APPLETALKARP 0x80f3
#define ETHERTYPE_IEEE8021Q 0x8100
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELLIPX 0x8137
#define ETHERTYPE_NOVELL 0x8138
#define ETHERTYPE_IPV6 0x86DD
#define ETHERTYPE_COBRANET 0x8819
#define ETHERTYPE_PROVIDERBRIDGING 0x88a8
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSUNICAST 0x8847
#define ETHERTYPE_MPLSMULTICAST 0x8848
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoEDISCOVERY 0x8863
#define ETHERTYPE_PPPoESESSION 0x8864
#define ETHERTYPE_EAPOVERLAN 0x888E
#define ETHERTYPE_HYPERSCSI 0x889A
#define ETHERTYPE_ATAOVERETHERNET 0x88A2
#define ETHERTYPE_ETHERCAT 0x88A4
#define ETHERTYPE_SERCOSIII 0x88CD
#define ETHERTYPE_CESoE 0x88D8
#define ETHERTYPE_MACSECURITY 0x88E5
#define ETHERTYPE_FIBRECHANNEL 0x8906
#define ETHERTYPE_QINQ 0x9100
#define ETHERTYPE_VLLT 0xCAFE
#define PROTOCOL_ICMP 1
#define PROTOCOL_IGMP 2
#define PROTOCOL_TCP 6
#define PROTOCOL_UDP 17
#define PROTOCOL_OSPF 89
#define PROTOCOL_SCTP 132
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a physical MAC address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[6]; /**< Individual bytes of a MAC address */
} MAC_Address_t;
/** Type define for a protocol IP address of a device on a network */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Octets[4]; /**< Individual bytes of an IP address */
} IP_Address_t;
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.c
+79 -79
View File
@@ -1,79 +1,79 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
* Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
* and the virtual server.
*/
#include "ICMP.h"
/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
{
/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
uint16_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((uint16_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (uint16_t)FrameIN.FrameData));
/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
memcpy(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
DataSize);
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles
* Echo requests from the host, to indicate a successful network connection between the host
* and the virtual server.
*/
#include "ICMP.h"
/** Processes an ICMP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if the host is issuing a ICMP ECHO request.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's ICMP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's ICMP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderIN = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeaderOUT = (ICMP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
DecodeICMPHeader(InDataStart);
/* Determine if the ICMP packet is an echo request (ping) */
if (ICMPHeaderIN->Type == ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST)
{
/* Fill out the ICMP response packet */
ICMPHeaderOUT->Type = ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Code = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Id = ICMPHeaderIN->Id;
ICMPHeaderOUT->Sequence = ICMPHeaderIN->Sequence;
uint16_t DataSize = FrameIN.FrameLength - ((((uint16_t)InDataStart + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)) - (uint16_t)FrameIN.FrameData));
/* Copy the remaining payload to the response - echo requests should echo back any sent data */
memcpy(&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)],
DataSize);
ICMPHeaderOUT->Checksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(ICMPHeaderOUT, (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t)));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (DataSize + sizeof(ICMP_Header_t));
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ICMP.h
+80 -80
View File
@@ -1,80 +1,80 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ICMP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ICMP_H_
#define _ICMP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable */
#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, a ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
} ICMP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ICMP.c.
*/
#ifndef _ICMP_H_
#define _ICMP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Reply message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREPLY 0
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating a packet destination is unreachable */
#define ICMP_TYPE_DESTINATIONUNREACHABLE 3
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Source Quench message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_SOURCEQUENCH 4
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Redirect message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_REDIRECTMESSAGE 5
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP ECHO Request message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_ECHOREQUEST 8
/** ICMP message type constant, indicating an ICMP Time Exceeded message */
#define ICMP_TYPE_TIMEEXCEEDED 11
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for an ICMP message header. */
typedef struct
{
uint8_t Type; /**< ICMP message type, a ICMP_TYPE_* constant */
uint8_t Code; /**< ICMP message code, indicating the message value */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Id; /**< Id of the ICMP message */
uint16_t Sequence; /**< Sequence number of the ICMP message, to link together message responses */
} ICMP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.c
+111 -111
View File
@@ -1,111 +1,111 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
* host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
*/
#include "IP.h"
/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
* response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
* next Ethernet packet handler iteration
*/
int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
{
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
{
case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
case PROTOCOL_TCP:
RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
case PROTOCOL_UDP:
RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response IP packet header */
IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
}
return RetSize;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Internet Protocol (IP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles IP packets from the
* host which typically encapsulate other protocols such as ICMP, UDP and TCP.
*/
#include "IP.h"
/** Processes an IP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if one is created by a sub-protocol handler.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[out] OutDataStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's IP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE if no
* response was generated, NO_PROCESS if the packet processing was deferred until the
* next Ethernet packet handler iteration
*/
int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart)
{
DecodeIPHeader(InDataStart);
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderIN = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
IP_Header_t* IPHeaderOUT = (IP_Header_t*)OutDataStart;
/* Header length is specified in number of longs in the packet header, convert to bytes */
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeaderIN->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
/* Check to ensure the IP packet is addressed to the virtual webserver's IP or the broadcast IP address */
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress, &BroadcastIPAddress)))
{
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/* Pass off the IP payload to the appropriate protocol processing routine */
switch (IPHeaderIN->Protocol)
{
case PROTOCOL_ICMP:
RetSize = ICMP_ProcessICMPPacket(&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
case PROTOCOL_TCP:
RetSize = TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(InDataStart,
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
case PROTOCOL_UDP:
RetSize = UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(InDataStart,
&((uint8_t*)InDataStart)[HeaderLengthBytes],
&((uint8_t*)OutDataStart)[sizeof(IP_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response IP packet header */
IPHeaderOUT->TotalLength = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
IPHeaderOUT->TypeOfService = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderLength = (sizeof(IP_Header_t) / sizeof(uint32_t));
IPHeaderOUT->Version = 4;
IPHeaderOUT->Flags = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->FragmentOffset = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->Identification = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = 0;
IPHeaderOUT->Protocol = IPHeaderIN->Protocol;
IPHeaderOUT->TTL = DEFAULT_TTL;
IPHeaderOUT->SourceAddress = IPHeaderIN->DestinationAddress;
IPHeaderOUT->DestinationAddress = IPHeaderIN->SourceAddress;
IPHeaderOUT->HeaderChecksum = Ethernet_Checksum16(IPHeaderOUT, sizeof(IP_Header_t));
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (sizeof(IP_Header_t) + RetSize);
}
return RetSize;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/IP.h
+93 -93
View File
@@ -1,93 +1,93 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for IP.c.
*/
#ifndef _IP_H_
#define _IP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Protocol IP address of the host (client) machine, once assigned by DHCP */
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
/** Protocol IP address of the virtual server machine */
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination is reached */
#define DEFAULT_TTL 128
/** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] IP1 First IP address
* \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define of an IP packet header. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
unsigned char Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
unsigned int FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
unsigned int Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
} IP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for IP.c.
*/
#ifndef _IP_H_
#define _IP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Protocol IP address of the host (client) machine, once assigned by DHCP */
#define CLIENT_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 1}
/** Protocol IP address of the virtual server machine */
#define SERVER_IP_ADDRESS { 10, 0, 0, 2}
/** Protocol IP address of the broadcast address */
#define BROADCAST_IP_ADDRESS {0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF}
/** Default Time To Live (TTL) value for sent packets, indicating the maximum allowable hops until their destination is reached */
#define DEFAULT_TTL 128
/** Performs a comparison between two IP addresses, indicating if they are identical.
*
* \param[in] IP1 First IP address
* \param[in] IP2 Second IP address
*
* \return True if the addresses match, false otherwise
*/
#define IP_COMPARE(IP1, IP2) (memcmp(IP1, IP2, sizeof(IP_Address_t)) == 0)
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define of an IP packet header. */
typedef struct
{
unsigned char HeaderLength : 4; /**< Total length of the packet header, in 4-byte blocks */
unsigned char Version : 4; /**< IP protocol version */
uint8_t TypeOfService; /**< Special service type identifier, indicating delay/throughput/reliability levels */
uint16_t TotalLength; /**< Total length of the IP packet, in bytes */
uint16_t Identification; /**< Identification value for identifying fragmented packets */
unsigned int FragmentOffset : 13; /**< Offset of this IP fragment */
unsigned int Flags : 3; /**< Fragment flags, to indicate if a packet is fragmented */
uint8_t TTL; /**< Maximum allowable number of hops to reach the packet destination */
uint8_t Protocol; /**< Encapsulated protocol type */
uint16_t HeaderChecksum; /**< Ethernet checksum of the IP header */
IP_Address_t SourceAddress; /**< Source protocol IP address of the packet */
IP_Address_t DestinationAddress; /**< Destination protocol IP address of the packet */
} IP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t IP_ProcessIPPacket(void* InDataStart, void* OutDataStart);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.c
+279 -279
View File
@@ -1,279 +1,279 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
on the packet through the serial port.
To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
*/
/** \file
*
* Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
* Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
* readable format.
*
* Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
* Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
* and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
*/
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header
*/
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Frame Size: %u\r\n"), FrameIN.FrameLength);
if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
if (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE)
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
else
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: UNKNOWN E1\r\n"));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
*/
void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
!(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
}
#endif
}
/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
*/
void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
#endif
}
/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
*/
void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
#endif
}
/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
*/
void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
*/
void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
*/
void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
uint8_t* DHCPOptions = (InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
switch (DHCPOptions[2])
{
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
break;
}
}
DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
}
#endif
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/* Protocol decoders for Ethernet, TCP, IP, ICMP and ARP. Each of these routines
accepts a header to the appropriate protocol and prints out pertinent information
on the packet through the serial port.
To disable printing of a specific protocol, define the token NO_DECODE_{Protocol}
in the project makefile, and pass it to the compiler using the -D switch.
*/
/** \file
*
* Protocol decoding routines, for the plain-text decoding of Ethernet frames for debugging purposes.
* Enabled protocol decoders will print incoming Ethernet frame contents through the USART in a human
* readable format.
*
* Note that the USART is a slow transmission medium, and will slow down packet processing considerably.
* Packet decoding routines can be disabled by defining NO_DECODE_{Protocol Name} in the project makefile
* and passing it to the compiler via the -D switch.
*/
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/** Decodes an Ethernet frame header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an Ethernet frame header
*/
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ETHERNET)
Ethernet_Frame_Header_t* FrameHeader = (Ethernet_Frame_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR("\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" ETHERNET\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Frame Size: %u\r\n"), FrameIN.FrameLength);
if (!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &ServerMACAddress)) &&
!(MAC_COMPARE(&FrameHeader->Destination, &BroadcastMACAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Source : %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Source.Octets[0],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[1],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[2],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[3],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[4],
FrameHeader->Source.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + MAC Dest: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[0],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[1],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[2],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[3],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[4],
FrameHeader->Destination.Octets[5]);
if (SwapEndian_16(FrameIN.FrameLength) > ETHERNET_VER2_MINSIZE)
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: 0x%04x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(FrameHeader->EtherType));
else
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: UNKNOWN E1\r\n"));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an ARP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ARP packet header
*/
void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ARP)
ARP_Header_t* ARPHeader = (ARP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ARP\r\n"));
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->TPA, &ServerIPAddress)) &&
!(MAC_COMPARE(&ARPHeader->THA, &ServerMACAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %x\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Operation: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->Operation));
if (SwapEndian_16(ARPHeader->ProtocolType) == ETHERTYPE_IPV4)
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + SHA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[3],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[4],
ARPHeader->SHA.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + SPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->SPA.Octets[3]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + THA MAC: %02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X:%02X\r\n"), ARPHeader->THA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[3],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[4],
ARPHeader->THA.Octets[5]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + TPA IP: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[0],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[1],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[2],
ARPHeader->TPA.Octets[3]);
}
#endif
}
/** Decodes an IP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an IP packet header
*/
void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_IP)
IP_Header_t* IPHeader = (IP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (IPHeader->HeaderLength * sizeof(uint32_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n IP\r\n"));
if (!(IP_COMPARE(&IPHeader->DestinationAddress, &ServerIPAddress)))
{
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT ADDRESSED TO DEVICE\r\n"));
return;
}
printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Packet Version: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Version);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Total Length: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(IPHeader->TotalLength));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Protocol: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->Protocol);
printf_P(PSTR(" + TTL: %u\r\n"), IPHeader->TTL);
printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Src: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[0],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[1],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[2],
IPHeader->SourceAddress.Octets[3]);
printf_P(PSTR(" + IP Dst: %u.%u.%u.%u\r\n"), IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[0],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[1],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[2],
IPHeader->DestinationAddress.Octets[3]);
#endif
}
/** Decodes an ICMP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of an ICMP packet header
*/
void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_ICMP)
ICMP_Header_t* ICMPHeader = (ICMP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n ICMP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Type: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Type);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Code: %u\r\n"), ICMPHeader->Code);
#endif
}
/** Decodes a TCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a TCP packet header
*/
void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_TCP)
TCP_Header_t* TCPHeader = (TCP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
uint16_t HeaderLengthBytes = (TCPHeader->DataOffset * sizeof(uint32_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n TCP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Header Length: %u Bytes\r\n"), HeaderLengthBytes);
printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->SourcePort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(TCPHeader->DestinationPort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Sequence Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->SequenceNumber));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Acknowledgment Number: %lu\r\n"), SwapEndian_32(TCPHeader->AcknowledgmentNumber));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Flags: 0x%02X\r\n"), TCPHeader->Flags);
if (TCP_GetPortState(TCPHeader->DestinationPort) == TCP_Port_Closed)
printf_P(PSTR(" + NOT LISTENING ON DESTINATION PORT\r\n"));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an UDP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a UDP packet header
*/
void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_UDP)
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeader = (UDP_Header_t*)InDataStart;
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n UDP\r\n"));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Source Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->SourcePort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Destination Port: %u\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->DestinationPort));
printf_P(PSTR(" + Data Length: %d\r\n"), SwapEndian_16(UDPHeader->Length));
#endif
}
/** Decodes an DHCP header and prints its contents to through the USART in a human readable format.
*
* \param[in] InDataStart Pointer to the start of a DHCP packet header
*/
void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart)
{
#if !defined(NO_DECODE_DHCP)
uint8_t* DHCPOptions = (InDataStart + sizeof(DHCP_Header_t));
printf_P(PSTR(" \\\r\n DHCP\r\n"));
while (DHCPOptions[0] != DHCP_OPTION_END)
{
if (DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_MESSAGETYPE)
{
switch (DHCPOptions[2])
{
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DISCOVER:
printf_P(PSTR(" + DISCOVER\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_REQUEST:
printf_P(PSTR(" + REQUEST\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_RELEASE:
printf_P(PSTR(" + RELEASE\r\n"));
break;
case DHCP_MESSAGETYPE_DECLINE:
printf_P(PSTR(" + DECLINE\r\n"));
break;
}
}
DHCPOptions += ((DHCPOptions[0] == DHCP_OPTION_PAD) ? 1 : (DHCPOptions[1] + 2));
}
#endif
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/ProtocolDecoders.h
+58 -58
View File
@@ -1,58 +1,58 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
*/
#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for ProtocolDecoders.c.
*/
#ifndef _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
#define _PROTOCOL_DECODERS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
/* Function Prototypes: */
void DecodeEthernetFrameHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeARPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeIPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeICMPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeTCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeUDPHeader(void* InDataStart);
void DecodeDHCPHeader(void* InDataStart);
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.c
+393 -393
View File
@@ -1,393 +1,393 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to
* the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C
#include "RNDIS.h"
/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */
static MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for
* the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances.
*/
static char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[] = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter";
/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */
static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
{
OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST,
OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM,
OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED,
OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE,
OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE,
OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION,
OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS,
OID_GEN_XMIT_OK,
OID_GEN_RCV_OK,
OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR,
OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR,
OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER,
OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS,
OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST,
OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE,
OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT,
OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION,
OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS,
};
/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire
* Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this
* reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses.
*/
uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */
RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */
bool ResponseReady = false;
/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the RNDIS_States_t enum. */
uint8_t CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */
uint32_t CurrPacketFilter = 0;
/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is
* created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request.
*/
void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void)
{
/* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
switch (MessageHeader->MessageType)
{
case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
/* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT;
INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t);
INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
INITIALIZE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS;
INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1;
INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0;
INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = 0;
INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = 0;
CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
/* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */
ResponseReady = false;
MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
/* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
uint32_t Query_Oid = QUERY_Message->Oid;
void* QueryData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
void* ResponseData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
uint16_t ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT;
QUERY_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t);
if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength,
ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
{
QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
QUERY_Response->MessageLength += ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
}
else
{
QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0;
}
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
/* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
uint32_t SET_Oid = SET_Message->Oid;
SET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT;
SET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t);
SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
void* SetData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength))
SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
else
SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
/* Soft reset the adapter */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RESET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT;
RESET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t);
RESET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
RESET_Response->AddressingReset = 0;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
/* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT;
KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t);
KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
break;
}
}
/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested
* parameter is given as an OID value.
*
* \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being queried
* \param[in] QueryData Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[in] QuerySize Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host
* \param[out] ResponseData Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[out] ResponseSize Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host
*
* \return Boolean true if the query was handled, false otherwise
*/
static bool ProcessNDISQuery(uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize)
{
/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */
switch (OId)
{
case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
/* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
return true;
case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
return true;
case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Always indicate hardware ready */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NdisHardwareStatusReady;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
return true;
case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX;
return true;
case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription);
/* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription));
return true;
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED;
return true;
case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000;
return true;
case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
/* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
return true;
case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1;
return true;
case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate the current packet filter mask */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter;
return true;
case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given
* as an OID value.
*
* \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being set
* \param[in] SetData Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[in] SetSize Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host
*
* \return Boolean true if the set was handled, false otherwise
*/
static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize)
{
/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */
switch (OId)
{
case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
/* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */
CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData);
/* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */
CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Data_Initialized);
return true;
case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
/* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RNDIS command handler functions. This handles RNDIS commands according to
* the Microsoft RNDIS specification, creating a USB Ethernet network adapter.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C
#include "RNDIS.h"
/** Physical MAC address of the network adapter, which becomes the MAC address of the host for packets sent to the adapter. */
static MAC_Address_t PROGMEM AdapterMACAddress = {ADAPTER_MAC_ADDRESS};
/** Vendor description of the adapter. This is overridden by the INF file required to install the appropriate RNDIS drivers for
* the device, but may still be used by the OS in some circumstances.
*/
static char PROGMEM AdapterVendorDescription[] = "LUFA RNDIS Adapter";
/** List of RNDIS OID commands supported by this adapter. */
static const uint32_t PROGMEM AdapterSupportedOIDList[] =
{
OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST,
OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM,
OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED,
OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE,
OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE,
OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID,
OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION,
OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER,
OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE,
OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS,
OID_GEN_XMIT_OK,
OID_GEN_RCV_OK,
OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR,
OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR,
OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER,
OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS,
OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS,
OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST,
OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE,
OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT,
OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION,
OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS,
};
/** Buffer for RNDIS messages (as distinct from Ethernet frames sent through the adapter. This must be big enough to hold the entire
* Supported OID list, plus the response header. The buffer is half-duplex, and is written to as it is read to save on SRAM - for this
* reason, care must be taken when constructing RNDIS responses that unread data is not overwritten when writing in responses.
*/
uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList) + sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
/** Pointer to the RNDIS message header at the top of the RNDIS message buffer, for convenience. */
RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader = (RNDIS_Message_Header_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
/** Indicates if a RNDIS message response is ready to be sent back to the host. */
bool ResponseReady = false;
/** Current RNDIS adapter state, a value from the RNDIS_States_t enum. */
uint8_t CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
/** Current Ethernet packet filter mask. This is non-zero when the adapter is initialized, or zero when disabled. */
uint32_t CurrPacketFilter = 0;
/** Processes the RNDIS message received by the host and stored in the RNDISMessageBuffer global buffer. If a response is
* created, the ResponseReady global is updated so that the response is written back to the host upon request.
*/
void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void)
{
/* Note: Only a single buffer is used for both the received message and its response to save SRAM. Because of
this, response bytes should be filled in order so that they do not clobber unread data in the buffer. */
switch (MessageHeader->MessageType)
{
case REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG:
/* Initialize the adapter - return information about the supported RNDIS version and buffer sizes */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t* INITIALIZE_Message = (RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t* INITIALIZE_Response = (RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
INITIALIZE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT;
INITIALIZE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t);
INITIALIZE_Response->RequestId = INITIALIZE_Message->RequestId;
INITIALIZE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
INITIALIZE_Response->MajorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR;
INITIALIZE_Response->MinorVersion = REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR;
INITIALIZE_Response->DeviceFlags = REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS;
INITIALIZE_Response->Medium = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
INITIALIZE_Response->MaxPacketsPerTransfer = 1;
INITIALIZE_Response->MaxTransferSize = (sizeof(RNDIS_Packet_Message_t) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
INITIALIZE_Response->PacketAlignmentFactor = 0;
INITIALIZE_Response->AFListOffset = 0;
INITIALIZE_Response->AFListSize = 0;
CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Initialized;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG:
/* Halt the adapter, reset the adapter state - note that no response should be returned when completed */
ResponseReady = false;
MessageHeader->MessageLength = 0;
CurrRNDISState = RNDIS_Uninitialized;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG:
/* Request for information about a parameter about the adapter, specified as an OID token */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Query_Message_t* QUERY_Message = (RNDIS_Query_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Query_Complete_t* QUERY_Response = (RNDIS_Query_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
uint32_t Query_Oid = QUERY_Message->Oid;
void* QueryData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
QUERY_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
void* ResponseData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t)];
uint16_t ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT;
QUERY_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t);
if (ProcessNDISQuery(Query_Oid, QueryData, QUERY_Message->InformationBufferLength,
ResponseData, &ResponseSize))
{
QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
QUERY_Response->MessageLength += ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = ResponseSize;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = (sizeof(RNDIS_Query_Complete_t) - sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t));
}
else
{
QUERY_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferLength = 0;
QUERY_Response->InformationBufferOffset = 0;
}
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG:
/* Request to set a parameter of the adapter, specified as an OID token */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Set_Message_t* SET_Message = (RNDIS_Set_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_Set_Complete_t* SET_Response = (RNDIS_Set_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
uint32_t SET_Oid = SET_Message->Oid;
SET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT;
SET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Set_Complete_t);
SET_Response->RequestId = SET_Message->RequestId;
void* SetData = &RNDISMessageBuffer[sizeof(RNDIS_Message_Header_t) +
SET_Message->InformationBufferOffset];
if (ProcessNDISSet(SET_Oid, SetData, SET_Message->InformationBufferLength))
SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
else
SET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG:
/* Soft reset the adapter */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t* RESET_Response = (RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RESET_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT;
RESET_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t);
RESET_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
RESET_Response->AddressingReset = 0;
break;
case REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG:
/* Keep alive message sent to the adapter every 5 seconds when idle to ensure it is still responding */
ResponseReady = true;
RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t* KEEPALIVE_Message = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t* KEEPALIVE_Response = (RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t*)&RNDISMessageBuffer;
KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageType = REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT;
KEEPALIVE_Response->MessageLength = sizeof(RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t);
KEEPALIVE_Response->RequestId = KEEPALIVE_Message->RequestId;
KEEPALIVE_Response->Status = REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS;
break;
}
}
/** Processes RNDIS query commands, retrieving information from the adapter and reporting it back to the host. The requested
* parameter is given as an OID value.
*
* \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being queried
* \param[in] QueryData Pointer to any extra query data being sent by the host to the device inside the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[in] QuerySize Size in bytes of the extra query data being sent by the host
* \param[out] ResponseData Pointer to the start of the query response inside the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[out] ResponseSize Pointer to the size in bytes of the response data being sent to the host
*
* \return Boolean true if the query was handled, false otherwise
*/
static bool ProcessNDISQuery(uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize)
{
/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG messages */
switch (OId)
{
case OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList);
/* Copy the list of supported NDIS OID tokens to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterSupportedOIDList, sizeof(AdapterSupportedOIDList));
return true;
case OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate that the device is a true ethernet link */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
return true;
case OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Always indicate hardware ready */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = NdisHardwareStatusReady;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED:
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate 802.3 (Ethernet) supported by the adapter */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3;
return true;
case OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Vendor ID 0x0xFFFFFF is reserved for vendors who have not purchased a NDIS VID */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0x00FFFFFF;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE:
case OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE:
case OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate that the maximum frame size is the size of the ethernet frame buffer */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX;
return true;
case OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription);
/* Copy vendor description string to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, AdapterVendorDescription, sizeof(AdapterVendorDescription));
return true;
case OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Always indicate that the adapter is connected to a network */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED;
return true;
case OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate 10Mb/s link speed */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 100000;
return true;
case OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS:
case OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(MAC_Address_t);
/* Copy over the fixed adapter MAC to the response buffer */
memcpy_P(ResponseData, &AdapterMACAddress, sizeof(MAC_Address_t));
return true;
case OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate only one multicast address supported */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 1;
return true;
case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate the current packet filter mask */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = CurrPacketFilter;
return true;
case OID_GEN_XMIT_OK:
case OID_GEN_RCV_OK:
case OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR:
case OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR:
case OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER:
case OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT:
case OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION:
case OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Unused statistic OIDs - always return 0 for each */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = 0;
return true;
case OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE:
*ResponseSize = sizeof(uint32_t);
/* Indicate maximum overall buffer (Ethernet frame and RNDIS header) the adapter can handle */
*((uint32_t*)ResponseData) = (sizeof(RNDISMessageBuffer) + ETHERNET_FRAME_SIZE_MAX);
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
/** Processes RNDIS set commands, setting adapter parameters to values given by the host. The requested parameter is given
* as an OID value.
*
* \param[in] OId OId value of the parameter being set
* \param[in] SetData Pointer to the parameter value in the RNDIS message buffer
* \param[in] SetSize Size in bytes of the parameter value being sent by the host
*
* \return Boolean true if the set was handled, false otherwise
*/
static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize)
{
/* Handler for REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG messages */
switch (OId)
{
case OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER:
/* Save the packet filter mask in case the host queries it again later */
CurrPacketFilter = *((uint32_t*)SetData);
/* Set the RNDIS state to initialized if the packet filter is non-zero */
CurrRNDISState = ((CurrPacketFilter) ? RNDIS_Data_Initialized : RNDIS_Data_Initialized);
return true;
case OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST:
/* Do nothing - throw away the value from the host as it is unused */
return true;
default:
return false;
}
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDIS.h
+223 -223
View File
@@ -1,223 +1,223 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for RNDIS.c.
*/
#ifndef _RNDIS_H_
#define _RNDIS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
#include "RNDISConstants.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Major */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
/** RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command */
#define REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand 0x00
/** RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response */
#define REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse 0x01
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
enum RNDIS_States_t
{
RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized */
RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers */
RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers */
};
/** Enum for the NDIS hardware states */
enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
{
NdisHardwareStatusReady, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host */
NdisHardwareStatusInitializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing */
NdisHardwareStatusReset, /**< Hardware reset */
NdisHardwareStatusClosing, /**< Hardware currently closing */
NdisHardwareStatusNotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
} RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t DataOffset;
uint32_t DataLength;
uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
uint32_t OOBDataLength;
uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
uint32_t VcHandle;
uint32_t Reserved;
} RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t MajorVersion;
uint32_t MinorVersion;
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
} RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Initialize complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t MajorVersion;
uint32_t MinorVersion;
uint32_t DeviceFlags;
uint32_t Medium;
uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
uint32_t AFListOffset;
uint32_t AFListSize;
} RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Keepalive command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Keepalive complete message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Reset complete message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t AddressingReset;
} RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Set command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Oid;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
} RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Set complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
} RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Query command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Oid;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
} RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Query complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
} RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[];
extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader;
extern bool ResponseReady;
extern uint8_t CurrRNDISState;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C)
static bool ProcessNDISQuery(uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize);
static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for RNDIS.c.
*/
#ifndef _RNDIS_H_
#define _RNDIS_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "RNDISEthernet.h"
#include "RNDISConstants.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Major */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MAJOR 0x01
/** Implemented RNDIS Version Minor */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_VERSION_MINOR 0x00
/** RNDIS request to issue a host-to-device NDIS command */
#define REQ_SendEncapsulatedCommand 0x00
/** RNDIS request to issue a device-to-host NDIS response */
#define REQ_GetEncapsulatedResponse 0x01
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for the possible NDIS adapter states. */
enum RNDIS_States_t
{
RNDIS_Uninitialized = 0, /**< Adapter currently uninitialized */
RNDIS_Initialized = 1, /**< Adapter currently initialized but not ready for data transfers */
RNDIS_Data_Initialized = 2, /**< Adapter currently initialized and ready for data transfers */
};
/** Enum for the NDIS hardware states */
enum NDIS_Hardware_Status_t
{
NdisHardwareStatusReady, /**< Hardware Ready to accept commands from the host */
NdisHardwareStatusInitializing, /**< Hardware busy initializing */
NdisHardwareStatusReset, /**< Hardware reset */
NdisHardwareStatusClosing, /**< Hardware currently closing */
NdisHardwareStatusNotReady /**< Hardware not ready to accept commands from the host */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a RNDIS message header, sent before RNDIS messages */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType; /**< RNDIS message type, a REMOTE_NDIS_*_MSG constant */
uint32_t MessageLength; /**< Total length of the RNDIS message, in bytes */
} RNDIS_Message_Header_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS packet message, used to encapsulate Ethernet packets sent to and from the adapter */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t DataOffset;
uint32_t DataLength;
uint32_t OOBDataOffset;
uint32_t OOBDataLength;
uint32_t NumOOBDataElements;
uint32_t PerPacketInfoOffset;
uint32_t PerPacketInfoLength;
uint32_t VcHandle;
uint32_t Reserved;
} RNDIS_Packet_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Initialize command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t MajorVersion;
uint32_t MinorVersion;
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
} RNDIS_Initialize_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Initialize complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t MajorVersion;
uint32_t MinorVersion;
uint32_t DeviceFlags;
uint32_t Medium;
uint32_t MaxPacketsPerTransfer;
uint32_t MaxTransferSize;
uint32_t PacketAlignmentFactor;
uint32_t AFListOffset;
uint32_t AFListSize;
} RNDIS_Initialize_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Keepalive command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Keepalive complete message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
} RNDIS_KeepAlive_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Reset complete message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t AddressingReset;
} RNDIS_Reset_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Set command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Oid;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
} RNDIS_Set_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Set complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
} RNDIS_Set_Complete_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Query command message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Oid;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
uint32_t DeviceVcHandle;
} RNDIS_Query_Message_t;
/** Type define for a RNDIS Query complete response message */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t MessageType;
uint32_t MessageLength;
uint32_t RequestId;
uint32_t Status;
uint32_t InformationBufferLength;
uint32_t InformationBufferOffset;
} RNDIS_Query_Complete_t;
/* External Variables: */
extern uint8_t RNDISMessageBuffer[];
extern RNDIS_Message_Header_t* MessageHeader;
extern bool ResponseReady;
extern uint8_t CurrRNDISState;
/* Function Prototypes: */
void ProcessRNDISControlMessage(void);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_RNDIS_C)
static bool ProcessNDISQuery(uint32_t OId, void* QueryData, uint16_t QuerySize,
void* ResponseData, uint16_t* ResponseSize);
static bool ProcessNDISSet(uint32_t OId, void* SetData, uint16_t SetSize);
#endif
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/RNDISConstants.h
+112 -112
View File
@@ -1,112 +1,112 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RNDIS specification related constants. For more information on these
* constants, please refer to the Microsoft RNDIS specification.
*/
#ifndef _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
#define _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
/* Macros: */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
#define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
#define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
#define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
#define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
#define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
#define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
#define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
#define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
#define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
#define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
#define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
#define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* RNDIS specification related constants. For more information on these
* constants, please refer to the Microsoft RNDIS specification.
*/
#ifndef _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
#define _RNDIS_CONSTANTS_DEVICE_H_
/* Macros: */
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MSG 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_MSG 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_HALT_MSG 0x00000003UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_MSG 0x00000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_MSG 0x00000005UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_MSG 0x00000006UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INDICATE_STATUS_MSG 0x00000007UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_MSG 0x00000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_INITIALIZE_CMPLT 0x80000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_QUERY_CMPLT 0x80000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_SET_CMPLT 0x80000005UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_RESET_CMPLT 0x80000006UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_KEEPALIVE_CMPLT 0x80000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_FAILURE 0xC0000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_INVALID_DATA 0xC0010015UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED 0xC00000BBUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_CONNECT 0x4001000BUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_STATUS_MEDIA_DISCONNECT 0x4001000CUL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_CONNECTED 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIA_STATE_DISCONNECTED 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_MEDIUM_802_3 0x00000000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTIONLESS 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_DF_CONNECTION_ORIENTED 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_DIRECTED 0x00000001UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MULTICAST 0x00000002UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_MULTICAST 0x00000004UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_BROADCAST 0x00000008UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SOURCE_ROUTING 0x00000010UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_PROMISCUOUS 0x00000020UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_SMT 0x00000040UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_LOCAL 0x00000080UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_GROUP 0x00001000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_ALL_FUNCTIONAL 0x00002000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_FUNCTIONAL 0x00004000UL
#define REMOTE_NDIS_PACKET_MAC_FRAME 0x00008000UL
#define OID_GEN_SUPPORTED_LIST 0x00010101UL
#define OID_GEN_HARDWARE_STATUS 0x00010102UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_SUPPORTED 0x00010103UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_IN_USE 0x00010104UL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_FRAME_SIZE 0x00010106UL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
#define OID_GEN_LINK_SPEED 0x00010107UL
#define OID_GEN_TRANSMIT_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010AUL
#define OID_GEN_RECEIVE_BLOCK_SIZE 0x0001010BUL
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_ID 0x0001010CUL
#define OID_GEN_VENDOR_DESCRIPTION 0x0001010DUL
#define OID_GEN_CURRENT_PACKET_FILTER 0x0001010EUL
#define OID_GEN_MAXIMUM_TOTAL_SIZE 0x00010111UL
#define OID_GEN_MEDIA_CONNECT_STATUS 0x00010114UL
#define OID_GEN_PHYSICAL_MEDIUM 0x00010202UL
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_OK 0x00020101UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_OK 0x00020102UL
#define OID_GEN_XMIT_ERROR 0x00020103UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_ERROR 0x00020104UL
#define OID_GEN_RCV_NO_BUFFER 0x00020105UL
#define OID_802_3_PERMANENT_ADDRESS 0x01010101UL
#define OID_802_3_CURRENT_ADDRESS 0x01010102UL
#define OID_802_3_MULTICAST_LIST 0x01010103UL
#define OID_802_3_MAXIMUM_LIST_SIZE 0x01010104UL
#define OID_802_3_RCV_ERROR_ALIGNMENT 0x01020101UL
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_ONE_COLLISION 0x01020102UL
#define OID_802_3_XMIT_MORE_COLLISIONS 0x01020103UL
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.c
+618 -618
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/TCP.h
+249 -249
View File
@@ -1,249 +1,249 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for TCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _TCP_H_
#define _TCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time */
#define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
/** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time */
#define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
/** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time */
#define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
/** Port number for HTTP transmissions */
#define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device */
#define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host */
#define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
/** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
/** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
/** Urgent TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
/** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
/** Data Push TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
/** Reset TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
/** Synchronize TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
/** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
/** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
/** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \
(Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
/** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
/** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
* performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
*
* \note The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
*/
#define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
*/
#define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->InUse = false; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
* \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
*/
#define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) MACROS{ Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
*/
#define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
*
* \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
*/
#define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) MACROS{ Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; }MACROE
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for possible TCP port states */
enum TCP_PortStates_t
{
TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
};
/** Enum for possible TCP connection states */
enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
{
TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
* buffer ready to be sent to the host
*/
bool InUse; /** Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
} TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
/** Type define for a TCP connection information structure */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
} TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
/** Type define for a complete TCP connection state */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
} TCP_ConnectionState_t;
/** Type define for a TCP port state */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the TCP_PortStates_t enum */
void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
} TCP_PortState_t;
/** Type define for a TCP packet header */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
unsigned char Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
unsigned char DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
} TCP_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
/* Function Prototypes: */
void TCP_Init(void);
void TCP_Task(void);
bool TCP_SetPortState(uint16_t Port, uint8_t State, void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(uint16_t Port);
bool TCP_SetConnectionState(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort, uint8_t State);
uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort);
TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort);
int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* TCPHeaderInStart, void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart, IP_Address_t SourceAddress,
IP_Address_t DestinationAddress, uint16_t TCPOutSize);
#endif
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for TCP.c.
*/
#ifndef _TCP_H_
#define _TCP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include <stdbool.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Maximum number of TCP ports which can be open at the one time */
#define MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS 1
/** Maximum number of TCP connections which can be sustained at the one time */
#define MAX_TCP_CONNECTIONS 3
/** TCP window size, giving the maximum number of bytes which can be buffered at the one time */
#define TCP_WINDOW_SIZE 512
/** Port number for HTTP transmissions */
#define TCP_PORT_HTTP SwapEndian_16(80)
/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from host-to-device */
#define TCP_PACKETDIR_IN false
/** Data direction indicator for a TCP application buffer, indicating data from device-to-host */
#define TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT true
/** Congestion Window Reduced TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_CWR (1 << 7)
/** Explicit Congestion Notification TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_ECE (1 << 6)
/** Urgent TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_URG (1 << 5)
/** Data Acknowledge TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_ACK (1 << 4)
/** Data Push TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_PSH (1 << 3)
/** Reset TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_RST (1 << 2)
/** Synchronize TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_SYN (1 << 1)
/** Connection Finalize TCP flag mask */
#define TCP_FLAG_FIN (1 << 0)
/** Application macro: Determines if the given application buffer contains a packet received from the host
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer contains a packet from the host, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_HAS_RECEIVED_PACKET(Buffer) (Buffer->Ready && (Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_IN))
/** Application macro: Indicates if the application buffer is currently locked by the application for device-to-host transfers.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer has been captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_HAVE_CAPTURED_BUFFER(Buffer) (!(Buffer->Ready) && Buffer->InUse && \
(Buffer->Direction == TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT))
/** Application macro: Indicates if the application can lock the buffer for multiple continued device-to-host transmissions.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to check
*
* \return Boolean true if the buffer may be captured by the application for device-to-host transmissions, false otherwise
*/
#define TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) Buffer->InUse
/** Application macro: Captures the application buffer, locking it for device-to-host transmissions only. This should be
* performed when the application needs to transmit several packets worth of data in succession with no interruptions from the host.
*
* \note The application must check that the buffer can be locked first using TCP_APP_CAN_CAPTURE_BUFFER().
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to lock
*/
#define TCP_APP_CAPTURE_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->InUse = true; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Releases a captured application buffer, allowing for host-to-device packets to be received.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to release
*/
#define TCP_APP_RELEASE_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->InUse = false; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Sends the contents of the given application buffer to the host.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to send
* \param[in] Len Length of data contained in the buffer
*/
#define TCP_APP_SEND_BUFFER(Buffer, Len) MACROS{ Buffer->Direction = TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT; Buffer->Length = Len; Buffer->Ready = true; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Clears the application buffer, ready for a packet to be written to it.
*
* \param[in] Buffer Application buffer to clear
*/
#define TCP_APP_CLEAR_BUFFER(Buffer) MACROS{ Buffer->Ready = false; Buffer->Length = 0; }MACROE
/** Application macro: Closes an open connection to a host.
*
* \param[in] Connection Open TCP connection to close
*/
#define TCP_APP_CLOSECONNECTION(Connection) MACROS{ Connection->State = TCP_Connection_Closing; }MACROE
/* Enums: */
/** Enum for possible TCP port states */
enum TCP_PortStates_t
{
TCP_Port_Closed = 0, /**< TCP port closed, no connections to a host may be made on this port. */
TCP_Port_Open = 1, /**< TCP port open, connections to a host may be made on this port. */
};
/** Enum for possible TCP connection states */
enum TCP_ConnectionStates_t
{
TCP_Connection_Listen = 0, /**< Listening for a connection from a host */
TCP_Connection_SYNSent = 1, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_SYNReceived = 2, /**< SYN received, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_Established = 3, /**< Connection established in both directions */
TCP_Connection_FINWait1 = 4, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_FINWait2 = 5, /**< Closing, waiting for FIN ACK */
TCP_Connection_CloseWait = 6, /**< Closing, waiting for ACK */
TCP_Connection_Closing = 7, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_LastACK = 8, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_TimeWait = 9, /**< Unused */
TCP_Connection_Closed = 10, /**< Connection closed in both directions */
};
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a TCP connection buffer structure, including size, data and direction */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Length; /**< Length of data in the TCP application buffer */
uint8_t Data[TCP_WINDOW_SIZE]; /**< TCP application data buffer */
bool Direction; /**< Buffer transmission direction, either TCP_PACKETDIR_IN or TCP_PACKETDIR_OUT */
bool Ready; /**< If data from host, indicates buffer ready to be read, otherwise indicates
* buffer ready to be sent to the host
*/
bool InUse; /** Indicates if the buffer is locked to to the current direction, and cannot be changed */
} TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t;
/** Type define for a TCP connection information structure */
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SequenceNumberIn; /**< Current TCP sequence number for host-to-device */
uint32_t SequenceNumberOut; /**< Current TCP sequence number for device-to-host */
TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t Buffer; /**< Connection application data buffer */
} TCP_ConnectionInfo_t;
/** Type define for a complete TCP connection state */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Port; /**< Connection port number on the device */
uint16_t RemotePort; /**< Connection port number on the host */
IP_Address_t RemoteAddress; /**< Connection protocol IP address of the host */
TCP_ConnectionInfo_t Info; /**< Connection information, including application buffer */
uint8_t State; /**< Current connection state, a value from the TCP_ConnectionStates_t enum */
} TCP_ConnectionState_t;
/** Type define for a TCP port state */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t Port; /**< TCP port number on the device */
uint8_t State; /**< Current port state, a value from the TCP_PortStates_t enum */
void (*ApplicationHandler) (TCP_ConnectionState_t* ConnectionState,
TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t* Buffer); /**< Port application handler */
} TCP_PortState_t;
/** Type define for a TCP packet header */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Source port of the TCP packet */
uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Destination port of the TCP packet */
uint32_t SequenceNumber; /**< Data sequence number of the packet */
uint32_t AcknowledgmentNumber; /**< Data acknowledgment number of the packet */
unsigned char Reserved : 4; /**< Reserved, must be all 0 */
unsigned char DataOffset : 4; /**< Offset of the data from the start of the header, in 4 byte chunks */
uint8_t Flags; /**< TCP packet flags */
uint16_t WindowSize; /**< Current data window size (bytes remaining in reception buffer) */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< TCP checksum */
uint16_t UrgentPointer; /**< Urgent data pointer */
} TCP_Header_t;
/* External Variables: */
TCP_PortState_t PortStateTable[MAX_OPEN_TCP_PORTS];
/* Function Prototypes: */
void TCP_Init(void);
void TCP_Task(void);
bool TCP_SetPortState(uint16_t Port, uint8_t State, void (*Handler)(TCP_ConnectionState_t*, TCP_ConnectionBuffer_t*));
uint8_t TCP_GetPortState(uint16_t Port);
bool TCP_SetConnectionState(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort, uint8_t State);
uint8_t TCP_GetConnectionState(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort);
TCP_ConnectionInfo_t* TCP_GetConnectionInfo(uint16_t Port, IP_Address_t RemoteAddress, uint16_t RemotePort);
int16_t TCP_ProcessTCPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* TCPHeaderInStart, void* TCPHeaderOutStart);
#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_TCP_C)
static uint16_t TCP_Checksum16(void* TCPHeaderOutStart, IP_Address_t SourceAddress,
IP_Address_t DestinationAddress, uint16_t TCPOutSize);
#endif
#endif
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.c
+81 -81
View File
@@ -1,81 +1,81 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
* reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
#include "UDP.h"
/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
* \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
{
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
{
case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
&((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packet handling routines. This protocol handles high throughput, low
* reliability packets which are typically used to encapsulate streaming data.
*/
#define INCLUDE_FROM_UDP_C
#include "UDP.h"
/** Processes a UDP packet inside an Ethernet frame, and writes the appropriate response
* to the output Ethernet frame if a sub-protocol handler has created a response packet.
*
* \param[in] IPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's IP header
* \param[in] UDPHeaderInStart Pointer to the start of the incoming packet's UDP header
* \param[out] UDPHeaderOutStart Pointer to the start of the outgoing packet's UDP header
*
* \return The number of bytes written to the out Ethernet frame if any, NO_RESPONSE otherwise
*/
int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderOutStart)
{
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderIN = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderInStart;
UDP_Header_t* UDPHeaderOUT = (UDP_Header_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart;
int16_t RetSize = NO_RESPONSE;
DecodeUDPHeader(UDPHeaderInStart);
switch (SwapEndian_16(UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort))
{
case UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST:
RetSize = DHCP_ProcessDHCPPacket(IPHeaderInStart,
&((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderInStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)],
&((uint8_t*)UDPHeaderOutStart)[sizeof(UDP_Header_t)]);
break;
}
/* Check to see if the protocol processing routine has filled out a response */
if (RetSize > 0)
{
/* Fill out the response UDP packet header */
UDPHeaderOUT->SourcePort = UDPHeaderIN->DestinationPort;
UDPHeaderOUT->DestinationPort = UDPHeaderIN->SourcePort;
UDPHeaderOUT->Checksum = 0;
UDPHeaderOUT->Length = SwapEndian_16(sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
/* Return the size of the response so far */
return (sizeof(UDP_Header_t) + RetSize);
}
return NO_RESPONSE;
}
Demos/Device/LowLevel/RNDISEthernet/Lib/UDP.h
+70 -70
View File
@@ -1,70 +1,70 @@
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for IP.c.
*/
#ifndef _UDP_H_
#define _UDP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Source UDP port for a DHCP request */
#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
/** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply */
#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
/** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response */
#define UDP_PORT_DNS 53
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a UDP packet header */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
} UDP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
#endif
/*
LUFA Library
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2010.
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
www.fourwalledcubicle.com
*/
/*
Copyright 2010 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
software without specific, written prior permission.
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
this software.
*/
/** \file
*
* Header file for IP.c.
*/
#ifndef _UDP_H_
#define _UDP_H_
/* Includes: */
#include <avr/io.h>
#include "EthernetProtocols.h"
#include "Ethernet.h"
#include "ProtocolDecoders.h"
#include "DHCP.h"
/* Macros: */
/** Source UDP port for a DHCP request */
#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REQUEST 67
/** Destination UDP port for a DHCP reply */
#define UDP_PORT_DHCP_REPLY 68
/** Source UDP port for a DNS request/response */
#define UDP_PORT_DNS 53
/* Type Defines: */
/** Type define for a UDP packet header */
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SourcePort; /**< Packet source port */
uint16_t DestinationPort; /**< Packet destination port */
uint16_t Length; /**< Total packet length, in bytes */
uint16_t Checksum; /**< Optional UDP packet checksum */
} UDP_Header_t;
/* Function Prototypes: */
int16_t UDP_ProcessUDPPacket(void* IPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderInStart, void* UDPHeaderOutStart);
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More